/* 32-bit ELF support for ARM
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
- 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
#define ARM_ELF_ABI_VERSION 0
#define ARM_ELF_OS_ABI_VERSION ELFOSABI_ARM
-static struct elf_backend_data elf32_arm_vxworks_bed;
-
static bfd_boolean elf32_arm_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
asection *sec,
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_CALL, /* type */
1, /* rightshift */
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 25, /* bitsize */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
TRUE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
"R_ARM_THM_CALL", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* src_mask */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* dst_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* dst_mask */
TRUE), /* pcrel_offset */
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_PC8, /* type */
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
- HOWTO (R_ARM_SWI24, /* type */
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_DESC, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
- 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 0, /* bitsize */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 32, /* bitsize */
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
- complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
- "R_ARM_SWI24", /* name */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_DESC", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
- 0x00000000, /* src_mask */
- 0x00000000, /* dst_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_SWI8, /* type */
HOWTO (R_ARM_XPC25, /* type */
2, /* rightshift */
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 25, /* bitsize */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
TRUE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_XPC22, /* type */
2, /* rightshift */
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 22, /* bitsize */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
TRUE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
"R_ARM_THM_XPC22", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* src_mask */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* dst_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* dst_mask */
TRUE), /* pcrel_offset */
/* Dynamic TLS relocations. */
0x040f70ff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
- EMPTY_HOWTO (90), /* Unallocated. */
- EMPTY_HOWTO (91),
- EMPTY_HOWTO (92),
- EMPTY_HOWTO (93),
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 32, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ NULL, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC", /* name */
+ TRUE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0xffffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_CALL, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_CALL", /* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x00ffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x00ffffff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 0, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ", /* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x00000000, /* src_mask */
+ 0x00000000, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL", /* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x07ff07ff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x07ff07ff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
HOWTO (R_ARM_PLT32_ABS, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
0x00000fff, /* src_mask */
0x00000fff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
-};
-/* 112-127 private relocations
- 128 R_ARM_ME_TOO, obsolete
- 129-255 unallocated in AAELF.
+ /* 112-127 private relocations. */
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (112),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (113),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (114),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (115),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (116),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (117),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (118),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (119),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (120),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (121),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (122),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (123),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (124),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (125),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (126),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (127),
+
+ /* R_ARM_ME_TOO, obsolete. */
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (128),
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 0, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ",/* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x00000000, /* src_mask */
+ 0x00000000, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+};
- 249-255 extended, currently unused, relocations: */
+/* 160 onwards: */
+static reloc_howto_type elf32_arm_howto_table_2[1] =
+{
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_IRELATIVE, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 32, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_IRELATIVE", /* name */
+ TRUE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0xffffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */
+};
-static reloc_howto_type elf32_arm_howto_table_2[4] =
+/* 249-255 extended, currently unused, relocations: */
+static reloc_howto_type elf32_arm_howto_table_3[4] =
{
HOWTO (R_ARM_RREL32, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
if (r_type < ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_1))
return &elf32_arm_howto_table_1[r_type];
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_IRELATIVE)
+ return &elf32_arm_howto_table_2[r_type - R_ARM_IRELATIVE];
+
if (r_type >= R_ARM_RREL32
- && r_type < R_ARM_RREL32 + ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_2))
- return &elf32_arm_howto_table_2[r_type - R_ARM_RREL32];
+ && r_type < R_ARM_RREL32 + ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_3))
+ return &elf32_arm_howto_table_3[r_type - R_ARM_RREL32];
return NULL;
}
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_RELATIVE, R_ARM_RELATIVE},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOTOFF, R_ARM_GOTOFF32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOTPC, R_ARM_GOTPC},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOT_PREL, R_ARM_GOT_PREL},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOT32, R_ARM_GOT32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_PLT32, R_ARM_PLT32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TARGET1, R_ARM_TARGET1},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_PREL31, R_ARM_PREL31},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TARGET2, R_ARM_TARGET2},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_PLT32, R_ARM_PLT32},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC, R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_CALL, R_ARM_TLS_CALL},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL, R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ, R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ, R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_DESC, R_ARM_TLS_DESC},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_GD32, R_ARM_TLS_GD32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_LDO32, R_ARM_TLS_LDO32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_LDM32, R_ARM_TLS_LDM32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32, R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_IE32, R_ARM_TLS_IE32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_LE32, R_ARM_TLS_LE32},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_IRELATIVE, R_ARM_IRELATIVE},
{BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT},
{BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_MOVW, R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC},
&& strcasecmp (elf32_arm_howto_table_2[i].name, r_name) == 0)
return &elf32_arm_howto_table_2[i];
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_3); i++)
+ if (elf32_arm_howto_table_3[i].name != NULL
+ && strcasecmp (elf32_arm_howto_table_3[i].name, r_name) == 0)
+ return &elf32_arm_howto_table_3[i];
+
return NULL;
}
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
/* pr_pid */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
/* pr_reg */
offset = 72;
section. */
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
+static const unsigned long tls_trampoline [] =
+ {
+ 0xe08e0000, /* add r0, lr, r0 */
+ 0xe5901004, /* ldr r1, [r0,#4] */
+ 0xe12fff11, /* bx r1 */
+ };
+
+static const unsigned long dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline [] =
+ {
+ 0xe52d2004, /* push {r2} */
+ 0xe59f200c, /* ldr r2, [pc, #3f - . - 8] */
+ 0xe59f100c, /* ldr r1, [pc, #4f - . - 8] */
+ 0xe79f2002, /* 1: ldr r2, [pc, r2] */
+ 0xe081100f, /* 2: add r1, pc */
+ 0xe12fff12, /* bx r2 */
+ 0x00000014, /* 3: .word _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ - 1b - 8
+ + dl_tlsdesc_lazy_resolver(GOT) */
+ 0x00000018, /* 4: .word _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ - 2b - 8 */
+ };
+
#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
/* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like
blx to reach the stub if necessary. */
static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic[] =
{
- ARM_INSN(0xe59fc000), /* ldr r12, [pc] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59fc000), /* ldr ip, [pc] */
ARM_INSN(0xe08ff00c), /* add pc, pc, ip */
DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, -4), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4) */
};
ARMv7). */
static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic[] =
{
- ARM_INSN(0xe59fc004), /* ldr r12, [pc, #4] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59fc004), /* ldr ip, [pc, #4] */
ARM_INSN(0xe08fc00c), /* add ip, pc, ip */
ARM_INSN(0xe12fff1c), /* bx ip */
DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, 0), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X) */
DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, 0), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X) */
};
+/* Thumb2/ARM -> TLS trampoline. Lowest common denominator, which is a
+ long PIC stub. We can use r1 as a scratch -- and cannot use ip. */
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic[] =
+{
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59f1000), /* ldr r1, [pc] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe08ff001), /* add pc, pc, r1 */
+ DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, -4), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4) */
+};
+
+/* V4T Thumb -> TLS trampoline. lowest common denominator, which is a
+ long PIC stub. We can use r1 as a scratch -- and cannot use ip. */
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic[] =
+{
+ THUMB16_INSN(0x4778), /* bx pc */
+ THUMB16_INSN(0x46c0), /* nop */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59f1000), /* ldr r1, [pc, #0] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe081f00f), /* add pc, r1, pc */
+ DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, -4), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X) */
+};
+
/* Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs. */
/* Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away, so we
DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_tls_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic) \
DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
enum elf32_arm_stub_type {
arm_stub_none,
DEF_STUBS
+ /* Note the first a8_veneer type */
+ arm_stub_a8_veneer_lwm = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
};
#undef DEF_STUB
typedef struct
{
- const insn_sequence* template;
+ const insn_sequence* template_sequence;
int template_size;
} stub_def;
/* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *h;
- /* Destination symbol type (STT_ARM_TFUNC, ...) */
- unsigned char st_type;
+ /* Type of branch. */
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
/* Where this stub is being called from, or, in the case of combined
stub sections, the first input section in the group. */
unsigned long orig_insn;
char *stub_name;
enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
};
/* A table of relocs applied to branches which might trigger Cortex-A8
struct a8_erratum_reloc {
bfd_vma from;
bfd_vma destination;
- unsigned int r_type;
- unsigned char st_type;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash;
const char *sym_name;
+ unsigned int r_type;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
bfd_boolean non_a8_stub;
};
/* The size of the thread control block. */
#define TCB_SIZE 8
+/* ARM-specific information about a PLT entry, over and above the usual
+ gotplt_union. */
+struct arm_plt_info {
+ /* We reference count Thumb references to a PLT entry separately,
+ so that we can emit the Thumb trampoline only if needed. */
+ bfd_signed_vma thumb_refcount;
+
+ /* Some references from Thumb code may be eliminated by BL->BLX
+ conversion, so record them separately. */
+ bfd_signed_vma maybe_thumb_refcount;
+
+ /* How many of the recorded PLT accesses were from non-call relocations.
+ This information is useful when deciding whether anything takes the
+ address of an STT_GNU_IFUNC PLT. A value of 0 means that all
+ non-call references to the function should resolve directly to the
+ real runtime target. */
+ unsigned int noncall_refcount;
+
+ /* Since PLT entries have variable size if the Thumb prologue is
+ used, we need to record the index into .got.plt instead of
+ recomputing it from the PLT offset. */
+ bfd_signed_vma got_offset;
+};
+
+/* Information about an .iplt entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
+struct arm_local_iplt_info {
+ /* The information that is usually found in the generic ELF part of
+ the hash table entry. */
+ union gotplt_union root;
+
+ /* The information that is usually found in the ARM-specific part of
+ the hash table entry. */
+ struct arm_plt_info arm;
+
+ /* A list of all potential dynamic relocations against this symbol. */
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
+};
+
struct elf_arm_obj_tdata
{
struct elf_obj_tdata root;
/* tls_type for each local got entry. */
char *local_got_tls_type;
+ /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */
+ bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
+
+ /* Information for local symbols that need entries in .iplt. */
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **local_iplt;
+
/* Zero to warn when linking objects with incompatible enum sizes. */
int no_enum_size_warning;
#define elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type(bfd) \
(elf_arm_tdata (bfd)->local_got_tls_type)
+#define elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent(bfd) \
+ (elf_arm_tdata (bfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
+
+#define elf32_arm_local_iplt(bfd) \
+ (elf_arm_tdata (bfd)->local_iplt)
+
#define is_arm_elf(bfd) \
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
- && elf_object_id (bfd) == ARM_ELF_TDATA)
+ && elf_object_id (bfd) == ARM_ELF_DATA)
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
{
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_arm_obj_tdata),
- ARM_ELF_TDATA);
+ ARM_ELF_DATA);
}
-/* The ARM linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
- decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol. This is so that
- it can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when
- linking with -Bsymbolic. We store the information in a field
- extending the regular ELF linker hash table. */
-
-/* This structure keeps track of the number of relocs we have copied
- for a given symbol. */
-struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied
- {
- /* Next section. */
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied * next;
- /* A section in dynobj. */
- asection * section;
- /* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
- bfd_size_type count;
- /* Number of PC-relative relocs copied in this section. */
- bfd_size_type pc_count;
- };
-
#define elf32_arm_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
/* Arm ELF linker hash entry. */
{
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
- /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol. */
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied * relocs_copied;
-
- /* We reference count Thumb references to a PLT entry separately,
- so that we can emit the Thumb trampoline only if needed. */
- bfd_signed_vma plt_thumb_refcount;
-
- /* Some references from Thumb code may be eliminated by BL->BLX
- conversion, so record them separately. */
- bfd_signed_vma plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
+ /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
- /* Since PLT entries have variable size if the Thumb prologue is
- used, we need to record the index into .got.plt instead of
- recomputing it from the PLT offset. */
- bfd_signed_vma plt_got_offset;
+ /* ARM-specific PLT information. */
+ struct arm_plt_info plt;
#define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
#define GOT_NORMAL 1
#define GOT_TLS_GD 2
#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
- unsigned char tls_type;
+#define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8
+#define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) ((type & GOT_TLS_GD) || (type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ unsigned int tls_type : 8;
+
+ /* True if the symbol's PLT entry is in .iplt rather than .plt. */
+ unsigned int is_iplt : 1;
+
+ unsigned int unused : 23;
+
+ /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
+ starting at the end of the jump table. */
+ bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
/* The symbol marking the real symbol location for exported thumb
symbols with Arm stubs. */
/* Get the ARM elf linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
#define elf32_arm_hash_table(info) \
- ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))
+ (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash)) \
+ == ARM_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash)) : NULL)
#define arm_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
((struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) \
bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
+/* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
+ information on stub grouping. */
+struct map_stub
+{
+ /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
+ attached. */
+ asection *link_sec;
+ /* The stub section. */
+ asection *stub_sec;
+};
+
+#define elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
+ ((htab)->next_tls_desc_index * 4)
+
/* ARM ELF linker hash table. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table
{
/* True if the target uses REL relocations. */
int use_rel;
+ /* The index of the next unused R_ARM_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt. */
+ bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
+
+ /* How many R_ARM_TLS_DESC relocations were generated so far. */
+ bfd_vma num_tls_desc;
+
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
- asection *sgot;
- asection *sgotplt;
- asection *srelgot;
- asection *splt;
- asection *srelplt;
asection *sdynbss;
asection *srelbss;
/* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
asection *srelplt2;
+ /* The offset into splt of the PLT entry for the TLS descriptor
+ resolver. Special values are 0, if not necessary (or not found
+ to be necessary yet), and -1 if needed but not determined
+ yet. */
+ bfd_vma dt_tlsdesc_plt;
+
+ /* The offset into sgot of the GOT entry used by the PLT entry
+ above. */
+ bfd_vma dt_tlsdesc_got;
+
+ /* Offset in .plt section of tls_arm_trampoline. */
+ bfd_vma tls_trampoline;
+
/* Data for R_ARM_TLS_LDM32 relocations. */
union
{
/* For convenience in allocate_dynrelocs. */
bfd * obfd;
+ /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
+ section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots. */
+ bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
+
/* The stub hash table. */
struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table;
/* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
information on stub grouping. */
- struct map_stub
- {
- /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
- attached. */
- asection *link_sec;
- /* The stub section. */
- asection *stub_sec;
- } *stub_group;
+ struct map_stub *stub_group;
+
+ /* Number of elements in stub_group. */
+ int top_id;
/* Assorted information used by elf32_arm_size_stubs. */
unsigned int bfd_count;
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
subclass. */
if (ret == NULL)
- ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry));
+ ret = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry));
if (ret == NULL)
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
table, string));
if (ret != NULL)
{
- ret->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
ret->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
- ret->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- ret->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
- ret->plt_got_offset = -1;
+ ret->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ ret->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ ret->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ ret->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
+ ret->plt.got_offset = -1;
+ ret->is_iplt = FALSE;
ret->export_glue = NULL;
ret->stub_cache = NULL;
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
}
+/* Ensure that we have allocated bookkeeping structures for ABFD's local
+ symbols. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_allocate_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd)
+{
+ if (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) == NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_size_type num_syms;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+ char *data;
+
+ num_syms = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
+ size = num_syms * (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
+ + sizeof (struct arm_local_iplt_info *)
+ + sizeof (bfd_vma)
+ + sizeof (char));
+ data = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
+ if (data == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = (bfd_signed_vma *) data;
+ data += num_syms * sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
+
+ elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd) = (struct arm_local_iplt_info **) data;
+ data += num_syms * sizeof (struct arm_local_iplt_info *);
+
+ elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd) = (bfd_vma *) data;
+ data += num_syms * sizeof (bfd_vma);
+
+ elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (abfd) = data;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return the .iplt information for local symbol R_SYMNDX, which belongs
+ to input bfd ABFD. Create the information if it doesn't already exist.
+ Return null if an allocation fails. */
+
+static struct arm_local_iplt_info *
+elf32_arm_create_local_iplt (bfd *abfd, unsigned long r_symndx)
+{
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **ptr;
+
+ if (!elf32_arm_allocate_local_sym_info (abfd))
+ return NULL;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx < elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info);
+ ptr = &elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd)[r_symndx];
+ if (*ptr == NULL)
+ *ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (**ptr));
+ return *ptr;
+}
+
+/* Try to obtain PLT information for the symbol with index R_SYMNDX
+ in ABFD's symbol table. If the symbol is global, H points to its
+ hash table entry, otherwise H is null.
+
+ Return true if the symbol does have PLT information. When returning
+ true, point *ROOT_PLT at the target-independent reference count/offset
+ union and *ARM_PLT at the ARM-specific information. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *h,
+ unsigned long r_symndx, union gotplt_union **root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info **arm_plt)
+{
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info *local_iplt;
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ *root_plt = &h->root.plt;
+ *arm_plt = &h->plt;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd) == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd)[r_symndx];
+ if (local_iplt == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ *root_plt = &local_iplt->root;
+ *arm_plt = &local_iplt->arm;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return true if the PLT described by ARM_PLT requires a Thumb stub
+ before it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ return (arm_plt->thumb_refcount != 0
+ || (!htab->use_blx && arm_plt->maybe_thumb_refcount != 0));
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the head of the dynamic reloc list that should
+ be used for local symbol ISYM, which is symbol number R_SYMNDX in
+ ABFD's symbol table. Return null if an error occurs. */
+
+static struct elf_dyn_relocs **
+elf32_arm_get_local_dynreloc_list (bfd *abfd, unsigned long r_symndx,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym)
+{
+ if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ {
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info *local_iplt;
+
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_create_local_iplt (abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (local_iplt == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return &local_iplt->dyn_relocs;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
+ We really need local syms available to do this
+ easily. Oh well. */
+ asection *s;
+ void *vpp;
+
+ s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ abort ();
+
+ vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
+ return (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
+ }
+}
+
/* Initialize an entry in the stub hash table. */
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
subclass. */
if (entry == NULL)
{
- entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
- sizeof (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry));
+ entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry));
if (entry == NULL)
return entry;
}
eh->stub_template_size = 0;
eh->h = NULL;
eh->id_sec = NULL;
+ eh->output_name = NULL;
}
return entry;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
/* BPABI objects never have a GOT, or associated sections. */
if (htab->symbian_p)
return TRUE;
if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
return FALSE;
- htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
- htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
- if (!htab->sgot || !htab->sgotplt)
- abort ();
+ return TRUE;
+}
- htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".got"));
- if (htab->srelgot == NULL)
- return FALSE;
+/* Create the .iplt, .rel(a).iplt and .igot.plt sections. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+create_ifunc_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ asection *s;
+ flagword flags;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj);
+ flags = bed->dynamic_sec_flags;
+
+ if (htab->root.iplt == NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".iplt",
+ flags | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->root.iplt = s;
+ }
+
+ if (htab->root.irelplt == NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".iplt"),
+ flags | SEC_READONLY);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->s->log_file_align))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->root.irelplt = s;
+ }
+
+ if (htab->root.igotplt == NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".igot.plt", flags);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, bed->s->log_file_align))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->root.igotplt = s;
+ }
return TRUE;
}
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- if (!htab->sgot && !create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!htab->root.sgot && !create_got_section (dynobj, info))
return FALSE;
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
return FALSE;
- htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
- htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
if (!info->shared)
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
}
}
- if (!htab->splt
- || !htab->srelplt
+ if (!htab->root.splt
+ || !htab->root.srelplt
|| !htab->sdynbss
|| (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
abort ();
edir = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) dir;
eind = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) ind;
- if (eind->relocs_copied != NULL)
+ if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
{
- if (edir->relocs_copied != NULL)
+ if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
- for (pp = &eind->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
+ for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *q;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
- for (q = edir->relocs_copied; q != NULL; q = q->next)
- if (q->section == p->section)
+ for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
+ if (q->sec == p->sec)
{
q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
q->count += p->count;
if (q == NULL)
pp = &p->next;
}
- *pp = edir->relocs_copied;
+ *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
}
- edir->relocs_copied = eind->relocs_copied;
- eind->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
+ eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
}
if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
{
/* Copy over PLT info. */
- edir->plt_thumb_refcount += eind->plt_thumb_refcount;
- eind->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- edir->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount += eind->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
- eind->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ edir->plt.thumb_refcount += eind->plt.thumb_refcount;
+ eind->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ edir->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount += eind->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount;
+ eind->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ edir->plt.noncall_refcount += eind->plt.noncall_refcount;
+ eind->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
+
+ /* We should only allocate a function to .iplt once the final
+ symbol information is known. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (!eind->is_iplt);
if (dir->got.refcount <= 0)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *ret;
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table);
- ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
+ ret = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
if (ret == NULL)
return NULL;
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (& ret->root, abfd,
elf32_arm_link_hash_newfunc,
- sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry)))
+ sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry),
+ ARM_ELF_DATA))
{
free (ret);
return NULL;
}
- ret->sgot = NULL;
- ret->sgotplt = NULL;
- ret->srelgot = NULL;
- ret->splt = NULL;
- ret->srelplt = NULL;
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
ret->srelbss = NULL;
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
+ ret->dt_tlsdesc_plt = 0;
+ ret->dt_tlsdesc_got = 0;
+ ret->tls_trampoline = 0;
+ ret->next_tls_desc_index = 0;
+ ret->num_tls_desc = 0;
ret->thumb_glue_size = 0;
ret->arm_glue_size = 0;
ret->bx_glue_size = 0;
ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
ret->layout_sections_again = NULL;
ret->stub_group = NULL;
+ ret->top_id = 0;
ret->bfd_count = 0;
ret->top_index = 0;
ret->input_list = NULL;
Tag_CPU_arch);
int profile;
- if (arch != TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7)
+ if (arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (arch != TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7 && arch != TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M)
return FALSE;
profile = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
return arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch >= TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7;
}
+/* Determine what kind of NOPs are available. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+arch_has_arm_nop (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals)
+{
+ const int arch = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
+ Tag_CPU_arch);
+ return arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M;
+}
+
+static bfd_boolean
+arch_has_thumb2_nop (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals)
+{
+ const int arch = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
+ Tag_CPU_arch);
+ return (arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
+}
+
static bfd_boolean
arm_stub_is_thumb (enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
{
case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
case arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic:
case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic:
return TRUE;
case arm_stub_none:
asection *input_sec,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
unsigned char st_type,
+ enum arm_st_branch_type *actual_branch_type,
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash,
bfd_vma destination,
asection *sym_sec,
int thumb_only;
enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
int use_plt = 0;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type = *actual_branch_type;
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
- /* We don't know the actual type of destination in case it is of
- type STT_SECTION: give up. */
- if (st_type == STT_SECTION)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_LONG)
return stub_type;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return stub_type;
thumb_only = using_thumb_only (globals);
+ input_sec->output_section->vma
+ rel->r_offset);
- branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(destination - location);
-
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
- /* Keep a simpler condition, for the sake of clarity. */
- if (globals->splt != NULL && hash != NULL && hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ /* For TLS call relocs, it is the caller's responsibility to provide
+ the address of the appropriate trampoline. */
+ if (r_type != R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ && r_type != R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
+ && elf32_arm_get_plt_info (input_bfd, hash, ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+ &root_plt, &arm_plt)
+ && root_plt->offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- use_plt = 1;
- /* Note when dealing with PLT entries: the main PLT stub is in
- ARM mode, so if the branch is in Thumb mode, another
- Thumb->ARM stub will be inserted later just before the ARM
- PLT stub. We don't take this extra distance into account
- here, because if a long branch stub is needed, we'll add a
- Thumb->Arm one and branch directly to the ARM PLT entry
- because it avoids spreading offset corrections in several
- places. */
- }
+ asection *splt;
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
- {
- /* Handle cases where:
+ if (hash == NULL || hash->is_iplt)
+ splt = globals->root.iplt;
+ else
+ splt = globals->root.splt;
+ if (splt != NULL)
+ {
+ use_plt = 1;
+
+ /* Note when dealing with PLT entries: the main PLT stub is in
+ ARM mode, so if the branch is in Thumb mode, another
+ Thumb->ARM stub will be inserted later just before the ARM
+ PLT stub. We don't take this extra distance into account
+ here, because if a long branch stub is needed, we'll add a
+ Thumb->Arm one and branch directly to the ARM PLT entry
+ because it avoids spreading offset corrections in several
+ places. */
+
+ destination = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + root_plt->offset);
+ st_type = STT_FUNC;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Calls to STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols should go through a PLT. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (st_type != STT_GNU_IFUNC);
+
+ branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(destination - location);
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ /* Handle cases where:
- this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
distance)
- it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
|| (thumb2
&& (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
|| (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
- || ((st_type != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- && (((r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
+ || (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM
+ && (((r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
|| (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))
&& !use_plt))
{
- if (st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
/* Thumb to thumb. */
if (!thumb_only)
sym_sec->owner, input_bfd, name);
}
- stub_type = (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
+ stub_type =
+ (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
/* PIC stubs. */
- ? ((globals->use_blx
- && (r_type ==R_ARM_THM_CALL))
- /* V5T and above. */
- ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
- /* V4T PIC stub. */
- : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic)
+ ? (r_type == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
+ /* TLS PIC stubs */
+ ? (globals->use_blx ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic
+ : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic)
+ : ((globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ /* V5T PIC and above. */
+ ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
+ /* V4T PIC stub. */
+ : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic))
/* non-PIC stubs. */
- : ((globals->use_blx
- && (r_type ==R_ARM_THM_CALL))
+ : ((globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
/* V5T and above. */
? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
/* V4T. */
}
}
}
- else if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL || r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24 || r_type == R_ARM_PLT32)
+ else if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL
+ || r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_PLT32
+ || r_type == R_ARM_TLS_CALL)
{
- if (st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
/* Arm to thumb. */
the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding). */
if (branch_offset > (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET + 2)
|| (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
- || ((r_type == R_ARM_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
+ || (r_type == R_ARM_CALL && !globals->use_blx)
|| (r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
|| (r_type == R_ARM_PLT32))
{
if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
|| (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
{
- stub_type = (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
+ stub_type =
+ (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
/* PIC stubs. */
- ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
+ ? (r_type == R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ /* TLS PIC Stub */
+ ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic
+ : arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic)
/* non-PIC stubs. */
: arm_stub_long_branch_any_any;
}
}
}
+ /* If a stub is needed, record the actual destination type. */
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
+ *actual_branch_type = branch_type;
+
return stub_type;
}
elf32_arm_stub_name (const asection *input_section,
const asection *sym_sec,
const struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash,
- const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
{
char *stub_name;
bfd_size_type len;
if (hash)
{
- len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hash->root.root.root.string) + 1 + 8 + 1;
- stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
+ len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hash->root.root.root.string) + 1 + 8 + 1 + 2 + 1;
+ stub_name = (char *) bfd_malloc (len);
if (stub_name != NULL)
- sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x",
+ sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x_%d",
input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
hash->root.root.root.string,
- (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
+ (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff,
+ (int) stub_type);
}
else
{
- len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
- stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
+ len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 2 + 1;
+ stub_name = (char *) bfd_malloc (len);
if (stub_name != NULL)
- sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x",
+ sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x_%d",
input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff,
- (int) ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
- (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
+ ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
+ ? 0 : (int) ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
+ (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff,
+ (int) stub_type);
}
return stub_name;
const asection *sym_sec,
struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab)
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab,
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
{
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) hash;
if (h != NULL && h->stub_cache != NULL
&& h->stub_cache->h == h
- && h->stub_cache->id_sec == id_sec)
+ && h->stub_cache->id_sec == id_sec
+ && h->stub_cache->stub_type == stub_type)
{
stub_entry = h->stub_cache;
}
{
char *stub_name;
- stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, h, rel);
+ stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, h, rel, stub_type);
if (stub_name == NULL)
return NULL;
namelen = strlen (link_sec->name);
len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX);
- s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
+ s_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
if (s_name == NULL)
return NULL;
bfd_putb16 (val, ptr);
}
+/* If it's possible to change R_TYPE to a more efficient access
+ model, return the new reloc type. */
+
+static unsigned
+elf32_arm_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ int is_local = (h == NULL);
+
+ if (info->shared || (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ return r_type;
+
+ /* We do not support relaxations for Old TLS models. */
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ return is_local ? R_ARM_TLS_LE32 : R_ARM_TLS_IE32;
+ }
+
+ return r_type;
+}
+
static bfd_reloc_status_type elf32_arm_final_link_relocate
(reloc_howto_type *, bfd *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
- const char *, int, struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd_boolean *, char **);
+ const char *, unsigned char, enum arm_st_branch_type,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd_boolean *, char **);
+
+static unsigned int
+arm_stub_required_alignment (enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
+{
+ switch (stub_type)
+ {
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl:
+ return 2;
+
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_any:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
+ case arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx:
+ return 4;
+
+ default:
+ abort (); /* Should be unreachable. */
+ }
+}
static bfd_boolean
arm_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry,
{
#define MAXRELOCS 2
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
struct bfd_link_info *info;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
asection *stub_sec;
bfd *stub_bfd;
- bfd_vma stub_addr;
bfd_byte *loc;
bfd_vma sym_value;
int template_size;
int size;
- const insn_sequence *template;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
int i;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
int stub_reloc_idx[MAXRELOCS] = {-1, -1};
int stub_reloc_offset[MAXRELOCS] = {0, 0};
int nrelocs = 0;
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) in_arg;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
stub_sec = stub_entry->stub_sec;
+ if ((globals->fix_cortex_a8 < 0)
+ != (arm_stub_required_alignment (stub_entry->stub_type) == 2))
+ /* We have to do less-strictly-aligned fixes last. */
+ return TRUE;
+
/* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_sec->size;
loc = stub_sec->contents + stub_entry->stub_offset;
stub_bfd = stub_sec->owner;
- /* This is the address of the start of the stub. */
- stub_addr = stub_sec->output_section->vma + stub_sec->output_offset
- + stub_entry->stub_offset;
-
/* This is the address of the stub destination. */
sym_value = (stub_entry->target_value
+ stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
+ stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
- template = stub_entry->stub_template;
+ template_sequence = stub_entry->stub_template;
template_size = stub_entry->stub_template_size;
size = 0;
for (i = 0; i < template_size; i++)
{
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case THUMB16_TYPE:
{
- bfd_vma data = template[i].data;
- if (template[i].reloc_addend != 0)
+ bfd_vma data = (bfd_vma) template_sequence[i].data;
+ if (template_sequence[i].reloc_addend != 0)
{
/* We've borrowed the reloc_addend field to mean we should
insert a condition code into this (Thumb-1 branch)
BFD_ASSERT ((data & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
data |= ((stub_entry->orig_insn >> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
}
- put_thumb_insn (globals, stub_bfd, data, loc + size);
+ bfd_put_16 (stub_bfd, data, loc + size);
size += 2;
}
break;
case THUMB32_TYPE:
- put_thumb_insn (globals, stub_bfd, (template[i].data >> 16) & 0xffff,
- loc + size);
- put_thumb_insn (globals, stub_bfd, template[i].data & 0xffff,
- loc + size + 2);
- if (template[i].r_type != R_ARM_NONE)
+ bfd_put_16 (stub_bfd,
+ (template_sequence[i].data >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ loc + size);
+ bfd_put_16 (stub_bfd, template_sequence[i].data & 0xffff,
+ loc + size + 2);
+ if (template_sequence[i].r_type != R_ARM_NONE)
{
stub_reloc_idx[nrelocs] = i;
stub_reloc_offset[nrelocs++] = size;
break;
case ARM_TYPE:
- put_arm_insn (globals, stub_bfd, template[i].data, loc + size);
+ bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, template_sequence[i].data,
+ loc + size);
/* Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
instruction. */
- if (template[i].r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
+ if (template_sequence[i].r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
{
stub_reloc_idx[nrelocs] = i;
stub_reloc_offset[nrelocs++] = size;
break;
case DATA_TYPE:
- bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, template[i].data, loc + size);
+ bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, template_sequence[i].data, loc + size);
stub_reloc_idx[nrelocs] = i;
stub_reloc_offset[nrelocs++] = size;
size += 4;
BFD_ASSERT (size == stub_entry->stub_size);
/* Destination is Thumb. Force bit 0 to 1 to reflect this. */
- if (stub_entry->st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (stub_entry->branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
sym_value |= 1;
/* Assume there is at least one and at most MAXRELOCS entries to relocate
BFD_ASSERT (nrelocs != 0 && nrelocs <= MAXRELOCS);
for (i = 0; i < nrelocs; i++)
- if (template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
- || template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
- || template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
- || template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
+ if (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
+ || template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
{
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
char *error_message;
- int sym_flags
- = (template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type != R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
- ? STT_ARM_TFUNC : 0;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type
+ = (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type != R_ARM_THM_XPC22
+ ? ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB : ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM);
bfd_vma points_to = sym_value + stub_entry->target_addend;
rel.r_offset = stub_entry->stub_offset + stub_reloc_offset[i];
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type);
- rel.r_addend = template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].reloc_addend;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0,
+ template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type);
+ rel.r_addend = template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].reloc_addend;
if (stub_entry->stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond && i == 0)
/* The first relocation in the elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond[]
rather than only for certain relocations listed in the enclosing
conditional, for the sake of consistency. */
elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (elf32_arm_howto_from_type
- (template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type),
+ (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type),
stub_bfd, info->output_bfd, stub_sec, stub_sec->contents, &rel,
- points_to, info, stub_entry->target_section, "", sym_flags,
- (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) stub_entry->h, &unresolved_reloc,
- &error_message);
+ points_to, info, stub_entry->target_section, "", STT_FUNC,
+ branch_type, (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) stub_entry->h,
+ &unresolved_reloc, &error_message);
}
else
{
- _bfd_final_link_relocate (elf32_arm_howto_from_type
- (template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type), stub_bfd, stub_sec,
- stub_sec->contents, stub_entry->stub_offset + stub_reloc_offset[i],
- sym_value + stub_entry->target_addend,
- template[stub_reloc_idx[i]].reloc_addend);
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+ bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
+ char *error_message;
+ bfd_vma points_to = sym_value + stub_entry->target_addend
+ + template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].reloc_addend;
+
+ rel.r_offset = stub_entry->stub_offset + stub_reloc_offset[i];
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0,
+ template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type);
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+
+ elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (elf32_arm_howto_from_type
+ (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type),
+ stub_bfd, info->output_bfd, stub_sec, stub_sec->contents, &rel,
+ points_to, info, stub_entry->target_section, "", STT_FUNC,
+ stub_entry->branch_type,
+ (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) stub_entry->h, &unresolved_reloc,
+ &error_message);
}
return TRUE;
const insn_sequence **stub_template,
int *stub_template_size)
{
- const insn_sequence *template = NULL;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence = NULL;
int template_size = 0, i;
unsigned int size;
- template = stub_definitions[stub_type].template;
+ template_sequence = stub_definitions[stub_type].template_sequence;
+ if (stub_template)
+ *stub_template = template_sequence;
+
template_size = stub_definitions[stub_type].template_size;
+ if (stub_template_size)
+ *stub_template_size = template_size;
size = 0;
for (i = 0; i < template_size; i++)
{
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case THUMB16_TYPE:
size += 2;
default:
BFD_FAIL ();
- return FALSE;
+ return 0;
}
}
- if (stub_template)
- *stub_template = template;
-
- if (stub_template_size)
- *stub_template_size = template_size;
-
return size;
}
static bfd_boolean
arm_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry,
- void * in_arg)
+ void *in_arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- const insn_sequence *template;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
int template_size, size;
/* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
- htab = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) in_arg;
BFD_ASSERT((stub_entry->stub_type > arm_stub_none)
&& stub_entry->stub_type < ARRAY_SIZE(stub_definitions));
- size = find_stub_size_and_template (stub_entry->stub_type, &template,
+ size = find_stub_size_and_template (stub_entry->stub_type, &template_sequence,
&template_size);
stub_entry->stub_size = size;
- stub_entry->stub_template = template;
+ stub_entry->stub_template = template_sequence;
stub_entry->stub_template_size = template_size;
size = (size + 7) & ~7;
bfd_size_type amt;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return 0;
if (! is_elf_hash_table (htab))
return 0;
htab->bfd_count = bfd_count;
amt = sizeof (struct map_stub) * (top_id + 1);
- htab->stub_group = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
+ htab->stub_group = (struct map_stub *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
if (htab->stub_group == NULL)
return -1;
+ htab->top_id = top_id;
/* We can't use output_bfd->section_count here to find the top output
section index as some sections may have been removed, and
htab->top_index = top_index;
amt = sizeof (asection *) * (top_index + 1);
- input_list = bfd_malloc (amt);
+ input_list = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
htab->input_list = input_list;
if (input_list == NULL)
return -1;
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return;
+
if (isec->output_section->index <= htab->top_index)
{
asection **list = htab->input_list + isec->output_section->index;
- if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+ if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr && (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
{
/* Steal the link_sec pointer for our list. */
#define PREV_SEC(sec) (htab->stub_group[(sec)->id].link_sec)
static int
a8_reloc_compare (const void *a, const void *b)
{
- const struct a8_erratum_reloc *ra = a, *rb = b;
+ const struct a8_erratum_reloc *ra = (const struct a8_erratum_reloc *) a;
+ const struct a8_erratum_reloc *rb = (const struct a8_erratum_reloc *) b;
if (ra->from < rb->from)
return -1;
unsigned int *num_a8_fixes_p,
unsigned int *a8_fix_table_size_p,
struct a8_erratum_reloc *a8_relocs,
- unsigned int num_a8_relocs)
+ unsigned int num_a8_relocs,
+ unsigned prev_num_a8_fixes,
+ bfd_boolean *stub_changed_p)
{
asection *section;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
unsigned int num_a8_fixes = *num_a8_fixes_p;
unsigned int a8_fix_table_size = *a8_fix_table_size_p;
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
for (section = input_bfd->sections;
section != NULL;
section = section->next)
}
is_32bit_branch = is_b || is_bl || is_blx || is_bcc;
-
+
if (((base_vma + i) & 0xfff) == 0xffe
&& insn_32bit
&& is_32bit_branch
&& last_was_32bit
&& ! last_was_branch)
{
- bfd_signed_vma offset;
+ bfd_signed_vma offset = 0;
bfd_boolean force_target_arm = FALSE;
bfd_boolean force_target_thumb = FALSE;
bfd_vma target;
enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
struct a8_erratum_reloc key, *found;
+ bfd_boolean use_plt = FALSE;
key.from = base_vma + i;
- found = bsearch (&key, a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
- sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc),
- &a8_reloc_compare);
+ found = (struct a8_erratum_reloc *)
+ bsearch (&key, a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc),
+ &a8_reloc_compare);
if (found)
{
if (entry)
found->non_a8_stub = TRUE;
- if (found->r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
- && found->st_type != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- force_target_arm = TRUE;
- else if (found->r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
- && found->st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- force_target_thumb = TRUE;
+ /* Keep a simpler condition, for the sake of clarity. */
+ if (htab->root.splt != NULL && found->hash != NULL
+ && found->hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ use_plt = TRUE;
+
+ if (found->r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ {
+ if (found->branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM
+ || use_plt)
+ force_target_arm = TRUE;
+ else
+ force_target_thumb = TRUE;
+ }
}
/* Check if we have an offending branch instruction. */
offset =
(bfd_signed_vma) (found->destination - pc_for_insn);
+ /* If the stub will use a Thumb-mode branch to a
+ PLT target, redirect it to the preceding Thumb
+ entry point. */
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx && use_plt)
+ offset -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
+
target = pc_for_insn + offset;
/* The BLX stub is ARM-mode code. Adjust the offset to
if (((base_vma + i) & ~0xfff) == (target & ~0xfff))
{
- char *stub_name;
+ char *stub_name = NULL;
if (num_a8_fixes == a8_fix_table_size)
{
a8_fix_table_size *= 2;
- a8_fixes = bfd_realloc (a8_fixes,
- sizeof (struct a8_erratum_fix)
- * a8_fix_table_size);
+ a8_fixes = (struct a8_erratum_fix *)
+ bfd_realloc (a8_fixes,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_fix)
+ * a8_fix_table_size);
}
- stub_name = bfd_malloc (8 + 1 + 8 + 1);
- if (stub_name != NULL)
- sprintf (stub_name, "%x:%x", section->id, i);
+ if (num_a8_fixes < prev_num_a8_fixes)
+ {
+ /* If we're doing a subsequent scan,
+ check if we've found the same fix as
+ before, and try and reuse the stub
+ name. */
+ stub_name = a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].stub_name;
+ if ((a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].section != section)
+ || (a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].offset != i))
+ {
+ free (stub_name);
+ stub_name = NULL;
+ *stub_changed_p = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!stub_name)
+ {
+ stub_name = (char *) bfd_malloc (8 + 1 + 8 + 1);
+ if (stub_name != NULL)
+ sprintf (stub_name, "%x:%x", section->id, i);
+ }
a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].input_bfd = input_bfd;
a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].section = section;
a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].orig_insn = insn;
a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].stub_name = stub_name;
a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].stub_type = stub_type;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].branch_type =
+ is_blx ? ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM : ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
num_a8_fixes++;
}
if (elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
free (contents);
}
-
+
*a8_fixes_p = a8_fixes;
*num_a8_fixes_p = num_a8_fixes;
*a8_fix_table_size_p = a8_fix_table_size;
-
+
return FALSE;
}
{
bfd_size_type stub_group_size;
bfd_boolean stubs_always_after_branch;
- bfd_boolean stub_changed = 0;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
struct a8_erratum_fix *a8_fixes = NULL;
- unsigned int num_a8_fixes = 0, prev_num_a8_fixes = 0, a8_fix_table_size = 10;
+ unsigned int num_a8_fixes = 0, a8_fix_table_size = 10;
struct a8_erratum_reloc *a8_relocs = NULL;
unsigned int num_a8_relocs = 0, a8_reloc_table_size = 10, i;
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
{
- a8_fixes = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct a8_erratum_fix)
- * a8_fix_table_size);
- a8_relocs = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc)
- * a8_reloc_table_size);
+ a8_fixes = (struct a8_erratum_fix *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct a8_erratum_fix) * a8_fix_table_size);
+ a8_relocs = (struct a8_erratum_reloc *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc) * a8_reloc_table_size);
}
/* Propagate mach to stub bfd, because it may not have been
group_sections (htab, stub_group_size, stubs_always_after_branch);
+ /* If we're applying the cortex A8 fix, we need to determine the
+ program header size now, because we cannot change it later --
+ that could alter section placements. Notice the A8 erratum fix
+ ends up requiring the section addresses to remain unchanged
+ modulo the page size. That's something we cannot represent
+ inside BFD, and we don't want to force the section alignment to
+ be the page size. */
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ (*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
+
while (1)
{
bfd *input_bfd;
unsigned int bfd_indx;
asection *stub_sec;
+ bfd_boolean stub_changed = FALSE;
+ unsigned prev_num_a8_fixes = num_a8_fixes;
num_a8_fixes = 0;
-
for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0;
input_bfd != NULL;
input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next, bfd_indx++)
char *stub_name;
const asection *id_sec;
unsigned char st_type;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
bfd_boolean created_stub = FALSE;
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irela->r_info);
free (internal_relocs);
goto error_ret_free_local;
}
-
- /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
+
+ hash = NULL;
+ if (r_indx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ hash = elf32_arm_hash_entry
+ (elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)
+ [r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]);
+
+ /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions, or
+ non-relaxed TLSCALL */
if ((r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_CALL)
&& (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL)
&& (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_JUMP24)
&& (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
&& (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
&& (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
- && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_PLT32))
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_PLT32)
+ && !((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ && r_type == elf32_arm_tls_transition
+ (info, r_type, &hash->root)
+ && ((hash ? hash->tls_type
+ : (elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type
+ (input_bfd)[r_indx]))
+ & GOT_TLS_GDESC) != 0))
continue;
/* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
sym_sec = NULL;
sym_value = 0;
destination = 0;
- hash = NULL;
sym_name = NULL;
- if (r_indx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+
+ if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ /* A non-relaxed TLS call. The target is the
+ plt-resident trampoline and nothing to do
+ with the symbol. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->tls_trampoline > 0);
+ sym_sec = htab->root.splt;
+ sym_value = htab->tls_trampoline;
+ hash = 0;
+ st_type = STT_FUNC;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ else if (!hash)
{
/* It's a local symbol. */
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
if (local_syms == NULL)
{
}
sym = local_syms + r_indx;
- hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[sym->st_shndx];
- sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section;
+ if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+ else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+ else
+ sym_sec =
+ bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, sym->st_shndx);
+
+ if (!sym_sec)
+ /* This is an undefined symbol. It can never
+ be resolved. */
+ continue;
+
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
sym_value = sym->st_value;
destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
+ sym_sec->output_offset
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma);
st_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
+ branch_type = ARM_SYM_BRANCH_TYPE (sym);
sym_name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
else
{
/* It's an external symbol. */
- int e_indx;
-
- e_indx = r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
- hash = ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)
- elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[e_indx]);
-
while (hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|| hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
hash = ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)
use the PLT stub as target address to
decide whether a branch stub is
needed. */
- if (globals->splt != NULL && hash != NULL
+ if (globals != NULL
+ && globals->root.splt != NULL
+ && hash != NULL
&& hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- sym_sec = globals->splt;
+ sym_sec = globals->root.splt;
sym_value = hash->root.plt.offset;
if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
destination = (sym_value
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals =
elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- if (globals->splt != NULL && hash != NULL
+ if (globals != NULL
+ && globals->root.splt != NULL
+ && hash != NULL
&& hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- sym_sec = globals->splt;
+ sym_sec = globals->root.splt;
sym_value = hash->root.plt.offset;
if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
destination = (sym_value
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
goto error_ret_free_internal;
}
- st_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (hash->root.type);
+ st_type = hash->root.type;
+ branch_type = hash->root.target_internal;
sym_name = hash->root.root.root.string;
}
{
/* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, section, irela,
- st_type, hash,
- destination, sym_sec,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ hash, destination, sym_sec,
input_bfd, sym_name);
if (stub_type == arm_stub_none)
break;
/* Get the name of this stub. */
stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hash,
- irela);
+ irela, stub_type);
if (!stub_name)
goto error_ret_free_internal;
{
/* The proper stub has already been created. */
free (stub_name);
+ stub_entry->target_value = sym_value;
break;
}
stub_entry->target_section = sym_sec;
stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type;
stub_entry->h = hash;
- stub_entry->st_type = st_type;
+ stub_entry->branch_type = branch_type;
if (sym_name == NULL)
sym_name = "unnamed";
- stub_entry->output_name
- = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd,
+ stub_entry->output_name = (char *)
+ bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd,
sizeof (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME)
+ strlen (sym_name));
if (stub_entry->output_name == NULL)
/* For historical reasons, use the existing names for
ARM-to-Thumb and Thumb-to-ARM stubs. */
- if ( ((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- || (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))
- && st_type != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if ((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
+ && branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM)
sprintf (stub_entry->output_name,
THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, sym_name);
- else if ( ((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_CALL)
- || (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_JUMP24))
- && st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ else if ((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_JUMP24)
+ && branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
sprintf (stub_entry->output_name,
ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, sym_name);
else
if (num_a8_relocs == a8_reloc_table_size)
{
a8_reloc_table_size *= 2;
- a8_relocs = bfd_realloc (a8_relocs,
- sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc)
- * a8_reloc_table_size);
+ a8_relocs = (struct a8_erratum_reloc *)
+ bfd_realloc (a8_relocs,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc)
+ * a8_reloc_table_size);
}
a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].from = from;
a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].destination = destination;
a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].r_type = r_type;
- a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].st_type = st_type;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].branch_type = branch_type;
a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].sym_name = sym_name;
a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].non_a8_stub = created_stub;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].hash = hash;
num_a8_relocs++;
}
if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
{
/* Sort relocs which might apply to Cortex-A8 erratum. */
- qsort (a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs, sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc),
+ qsort (a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc),
&a8_reloc_compare);
/* Scan for branches which might trigger Cortex-A8 erratum. */
if (cortex_a8_erratum_scan (input_bfd, info, &a8_fixes,
&num_a8_fixes, &a8_fix_table_size,
- a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs) != 0)
+ a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
+ prev_num_a8_fixes, &stub_changed)
+ != 0)
goto error_ret_free_local;
}
}
- if (htab->fix_cortex_a8 && num_a8_fixes != prev_num_a8_fixes)
+ if (prev_num_a8_fixes != num_a8_fixes)
stub_changed = TRUE;
if (!stub_changed)
/* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
(*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
- stub_changed = FALSE;
- prev_num_a8_fixes = num_a8_fixes;
}
/* Add stubs for Cortex-A8 erratum fixes now. */
unsigned int section_id = a8_fixes[i].section->id;
asection *link_sec = htab->stub_group[section_id].link_sec;
asection *stub_sec = htab->stub_group[section_id].stub_sec;
- const insn_sequence *template;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
int template_size, size = 0;
stub_entry = arm_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_name,
stub_entry->target_value = a8_fixes[i].offset;
stub_entry->target_addend = a8_fixes[i].addend;
stub_entry->orig_insn = a8_fixes[i].orig_insn;
- stub_entry->st_type = STT_ARM_TFUNC;
+ stub_entry->branch_type = a8_fixes[i].branch_type;
- size = find_stub_size_and_template (a8_fixes[i].stub_type, &template,
+ size = find_stub_size_and_template (a8_fixes[i].stub_type,
+ &template_sequence,
&template_size);
stub_entry->stub_size = size;
- stub_entry->stub_template = template;
+ stub_entry->stub_template = template_sequence;
stub_entry->stub_template_size = template_size;
}
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
stub_sec != NULL;
/* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
size = stub_sec->size;
- stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, size);
+ stub_sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, size);
if (stub_sec->contents == NULL && size != 0)
return FALSE;
stub_sec->size = 0;
/* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
table = &htab->stub_hash_table;
bfd_hash_traverse (table, arm_build_one_stub, info);
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ {
+ /* Place the cortex a8 stubs last. */
+ htab->fix_cortex_a8 = -1;
+ bfd_hash_traverse (table, arm_build_one_stub, info);
+ }
return TRUE;
}
/* We need a pointer to the armelf specific hash table. */
hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (hash_table == NULL)
+ return NULL;
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
- + strlen (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
+ + strlen (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
/* We need a pointer to the elfarm specific hash table. */
hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (hash_table == NULL)
+ return NULL;
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
- + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
+ + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+ contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
BFD_ASSERT (s->size == size);
s->contents = contents;
bfd_size_type size;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name) + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
+ + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
return;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
/* Add symbol for veneer. */
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (ARM_BX_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *)
+ bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (ARM_BX_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
if (sec_data->map == NULL)
{
- sec_data->map = bfd_malloc (sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
+ sec_data->map = (elf32_arm_section_map *)
+ bfd_malloc (sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
sec_data->mapcount = 0;
sec_data->mapsize = 1;
}
if (sec_data->mapcount > sec_data->mapsize)
{
sec_data->mapsize *= 2;
- sec_data->map = bfd_realloc_or_free (sec_data->map, sec_data->mapsize
- * sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
+ sec_data->map = (elf32_arm_section_map *)
+ bfd_realloc_or_free (sec_data->map, sec_data->mapsize
+ * sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
}
if (sec_data->map)
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
bfd_vma val;
struct _arm_elf_section_data *sec_data;
- int errcount;
elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *newerr;
hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (hash_table != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (hash_table->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
- (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
+ (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
myh->forced_local = 1;
/* Link veneer back to calling location. */
- errcount = ++(sec_data->erratumcount);
- newerr = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
+ sec_data->erratumcount += 1;
+ newerr = (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
newerr->type = VFP11_ERRATUM_ARM_VENEER;
newerr->vma = -1;
BFD_ASSERT (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC));
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
if (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL)
/* Here we have a bfd that is to be included on the link. We have a
hook to do reloc rummaging, before section sizes are nailed down. */
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
check_use_blx (globals);
/* If the call will go through a PLT entry then we do not need
glue. */
- if (globals->splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ if (globals->root.splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
continue;
switch (r_type)
/* This one is a call from arm code. We need to look up
the target of the call. If it is a thumb target, we
insert glue. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (h->target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
record_arm_to_thumb_glue (link_info, h);
break;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
+
if (globals->fix_cortex_a8 == -1)
{
/* Turn on Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
/* We assume that ARMv7+ does not need the VFP11 denorm erratum fix. */
if (out_attr[Tag_CPU_arch].i >= TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7)
{
bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (unsigned int insn, unsigned int *destmask, int *regs,
int *numregs)
{
- enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe pipe = VFP11_BAD;
+ enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe vpipe = VFP11_BAD;
bfd_boolean is_double = ((insn & 0xf00) == 0xb00) ? 1 : 0;
if ((insn & 0x0f000e10) == 0x0e000a00) /* A data-processing insn. */
case 1: /* fnmac[sd]. */
case 2: /* fmsc[sd]. */
case 3: /* fnmsc[sd]. */
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
bfd_arm_vfp11_write_mask (destmask, fd);
regs[0] = fd;
regs[1] = bfd_arm_vfp11_regno (insn, is_double, 16, 7); /* Fn. */
case 5: /* fnmul[sd]. */
case 6: /* fadd[sd]. */
case 7: /* fsub[sd]. */
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
goto vfp_binop;
case 8: /* fdiv[sd]. */
- pipe = VFP11_DS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_DS;
vfp_binop:
bfd_arm_vfp11_write_mask (destmask, fd);
regs[0] = bfd_arm_vfp11_regno (insn, is_double, 16, 7); /* Fn. */
case 27: /* ftosiz[sd]. */
/* These instructions will not bounce due to underflow. */
*numregs = 0;
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
break;
case 3: /* fsqrt[sd]. */
/* fsqrt cannot underflow, but it can (perhaps) overwrite
registers to cause the erratum in previous instructions. */
bfd_arm_vfp11_write_mask (destmask, fd);
- pipe = VFP11_DS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_DS;
break;
case 15: /* fcvt{ds,sd}. */
*numregs = rnum;
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
}
break;
}
}
- pipe = VFP11_LS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_LS;
}
else if ((insn & 0x0e100e00) == 0x0c100a00) /* A load insn. */
{
return VFP11_BAD;
}
- pipe = VFP11_LS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_LS;
}
/* Single-register transfer. Note L==0. */
else if ((insn & 0x0f100e10) == 0x0e000a10)
break;
}
- pipe = VFP11_LS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_LS;
}
- return pipe;
+ return vpipe;
}
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
int use_vector = (globals->vfp11_fix == BFD_ARM_VFP11_FIX_VECTOR);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
/* We use a simple FSM to match troublesome VFP11 instruction sequences.
The states transition as follows:
| (contents[i + 1] << 8)
| contents[i];
unsigned int writemask = 0;
- enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe pipe;
+ enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe vpipe;
switch (state)
{
case 0:
- pipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask, regs,
+ vpipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask, regs,
&numregs);
/* I'm assuming the VFP11 erratum can trigger with denorm
operands on either the FMAC or the DS pipeline. This might
lead to slightly overenthusiastic veneer insertion. */
- if (pipe == VFP11_FMAC || pipe == VFP11_DS)
+ if (vpipe == VFP11_FMAC || vpipe == VFP11_DS)
{
state = use_vector ? 1 : 2;
first_fmac = i;
case 1:
{
int other_regs[3], other_numregs;
- pipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
+ vpipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
other_regs,
&other_numregs);
- if (pipe != VFP11_BAD
+ if (vpipe != VFP11_BAD
&& bfd_arm_vfp11_antidependency (writemask, regs,
numregs))
state = 3;
case 2:
{
int other_regs[3], other_numregs;
- pipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
+ vpipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
other_regs,
&other_numregs);
- if (pipe != VFP11_BAD
+ if (vpipe != VFP11_BAD
&& bfd_arm_vfp11_antidependency (writemask, regs,
numregs))
state = 3;
if (state == 3)
{
- elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *newerr
- = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
- int errcount;
+ elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *newerr =(elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
- errcount = ++(elf32_arm_section_data (sec)->erratumcount);
+ elf32_arm_section_data (sec)->erratumcount += 1;
newerr->u.b.vfp_insn = veneer_of_insn;
return;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
- (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
+ (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
globals->target1_is_rel = target1_is_rel;
if (strcmp (target2_type, "rel") == 0)
return FALSE;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
return NULL;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
return TRUE;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
return;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
+
/* If blx is available then exported Thumb symbols are OK and there is
nothing to do. */
if (globals->use_blx)
link_info);
}
-/* Some relocations map to different relocations depending on the
- target. Return the real relocation. */
+/* Reserve space for COUNT dynamic relocations in relocation selection
+ SRELOC. */
-static int
-arm_real_reloc_type (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals,
- int r_type)
+static void
+elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sreloc,
+ bfd_size_type count)
{
- switch (r_type)
- {
- case R_ARM_TARGET1:
- if (globals->target1_is_rel)
- return R_ARM_REL32;
- else
- return R_ARM_ABS32;
-
- case R_ARM_TARGET2:
- return globals->target2_reloc;
-
- default:
- return r_type;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
- when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
- This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
-static bfd_vma
-dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
-{
- /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
- if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
- return 0;
- return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created);
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ abort ();
+ sreloc->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * count;
}
-/* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
- if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */
+/* Reserve space for COUNT R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocations. If the link is
+ dynamic, the relocations should go in SRELOC, otherwise they should
+ go in the special .rel.iplt section. */
-static bfd_vma
-tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
+static void
+elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sreloc,
+ bfd_size_type count)
{
- struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
- bfd_vma base;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
- if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
- return 0;
- base = align_power ((bfd_vma) TCB_SIZE, htab->tls_sec->alignment_power);
- return address - htab->tls_sec->vma + base;
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (!htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ htab->root.irelplt->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * count;
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
+ sreloc->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * count;
+ }
}
-/* Perform an R_ARM_ABS12 relocation on the field pointed to by DATA.
- VALUE is the relocation value. */
+/* Add relocation REL to the end of relocation section SRELOC. */
-static bfd_reloc_status_type
-elf32_arm_abs12_reloc (bfd *abfd, void *data, bfd_vma value)
+static void
+elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ asection *sreloc, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
{
- if (value > 0xfff)
- return bfd_reloc_overflow;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- value |= bfd_get_32 (abfd, data) & 0xfffff000;
- bfd_put_32 (abfd, value, data);
- return bfd_reloc_ok;
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (!htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_IRELATIVE)
+ sreloc = htab->root.irelplt;
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ abort ();
+ loc = sreloc->contents;
+ loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (sreloc->reloc_count * RELOC_SIZE (htab) > sreloc->size)
+ abort ();
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, rel, loc);
}
-/* For a given value of n, calculate the value of G_n as required to
- deal with group relocations. We return it in the form of an
- encoded constant-and-rotation, together with the final residual. If n is
- specified as less than zero, then final_residual is filled with the
- input value and no further action is performed. */
+/* Allocate room for a PLT entry described by ROOT_PLT and ARM_PLT.
+ IS_IPLT_ENTRY says whether the entry belongs to .iplt rather than
+ to .plt. */
-static bfd_vma
-calculate_group_reloc_mask (bfd_vma value, int n, bfd_vma *final_residual)
+static void
+elf32_arm_allocate_plt_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ bfd_boolean is_iplt_entry,
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt)
{
- int current_n;
- bfd_vma g_n;
- bfd_vma encoded_g_n = 0;
- bfd_vma residual = value; /* Also known as Y_n. */
-
- for (current_n = 0; current_n <= n; current_n++)
- {
- int shift;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ asection *splt;
+ asection *sgotplt;
- /* Calculate which part of the value to mask. */
- if (residual == 0)
- shift = 0;
- else
- {
- int msb;
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- /* Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
- align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary. */
- for (msb = 30; msb >= 0; msb -= 2)
- if (residual & (3 << msb))
- break;
+ if (is_iplt_entry)
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.iplt;
+ sgotplt = htab->root.igotplt;
- /* The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
- is the greater. */
- shift = msb - 6;
- if (shift < 0)
- shift = 0;
- }
+ /* Allocate room for an R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation in .rel.iplt. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, htab->root.irelplt, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.splt;
+ sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
- /* Calculate g_n in 32-bit as well as encoded constant+rotation form. */
- g_n = residual & (0xff << shift);
- encoded_g_n = (g_n >> shift)
- | ((g_n <= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift) / 2) << 8);
+ /* Allocate room for an R_JUMP_SLOT relocation in .rel.plt. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelplt, 1);
- /* Calculate the residual for the next time around. */
- residual &= ~g_n;
+ /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
+ first entry. */
+ if (splt->size == 0)
+ splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
}
- *final_residual = residual;
+ /* Allocate the PLT entry itself, including any leading Thumb stub. */
+ if (elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (info, arm_plt))
+ splt->size += PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
+ root_plt->offset = splt->size;
+ splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
- return encoded_g_n;
+ if (!htab->symbian_p)
+ {
+ /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
+ will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
+ arm_plt->got_offset = sgotplt->size - 8 * htab->num_tls_desc;
+ sgotplt->size += 4;
+ }
}
-/* Given an ARM instruction, determine whether it is an ADD or a SUB.
- Returns 1 if it is an ADD, -1 if it is a SUB, and 0 otherwise. */
+/* Fill in a PLT entry and its associated GOT slot. If DYNINDX == -1,
+ the entry lives in .iplt and resolves to (*SYM_VALUE)().
+ Otherwise, DYNINDX is the index of the symbol in the dynamic
+ symbol table and SYM_VALUE is undefined.
-static int
+ ROOT_PLT points to the offset of the PLT entry from the start of its
+ section (.iplt or .plt). ARM_PLT points to the symbol's ARM-specific
+ bookkeeping information. */
+
+static void
+elf32_arm_populate_plt_entry (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt,
+ int dynindx, bfd_vma sym_value)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ asection *sgot;
+ asection *splt;
+ asection *srel;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma plt_index;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+ bfd_vma plt_header_size;
+ bfd_vma got_header_size;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+
+ /* Pick the appropriate sections and sizes. */
+ if (dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.iplt;
+ sgot = htab->root.igotplt;
+ srel = htab->root.irelplt;
+
+ /* There are no reserved entries in .igot.plt, and no special
+ first entry in .iplt. */
+ got_header_size = 0;
+ plt_header_size = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.splt;
+ sgot = htab->root.sgotplt;
+ srel = htab->root.srelplt;
+
+ got_header_size = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size;
+ plt_header_size = htab->plt_header_size;
+ }
+ BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && srel != NULL);
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
+ if (htab->symbian_p)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (dynindx >= 0);
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[0],
+ splt->contents + root_plt->offset);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[1],
+ splt->contents + root_plt->offset + 4);
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */
+ rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + root_plt->offset + 4);
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+
+ /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
+ corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
+ in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
+ first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
+ plt_index = ((root_plt->offset - plt_header_size)
+ / htab->plt_entry_size);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_vma got_offset, got_address, plt_address;
+ bfd_vma got_displacement, initial_got_entry;
+ bfd_byte * ptr;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+
+ /* Get the offset into the .(i)got.plt table of the entry that
+ corresponds to this function. */
+ got_offset = (arm_plt->got_offset & -2);
+
+ /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
+ corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
+ in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.
+ After the reserved .got.plt entries, all symbols appear in
+ the same order as in .plt. */
+ plt_index = (got_offset - got_header_size) / 4;
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the GOT entry. */
+ got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ + got_offset);
+
+ /* ...and the address of the PLT entry. */
+ plt_address = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + root_plt->offset);
+
+ ptr = splt->contents + root_plt->offset;
+ if (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared)
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+ bfd_vma val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
+ {
+ val = elf32_arm_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[i];
+ if (i == 2)
+ val |= got_address - sgot->output_section->vma;
+ if (i == 5)
+ val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (i == 2 || i == 5)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ else
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (htab->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+ bfd_vma val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
+ {
+ val = elf32_arm_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[i];
+ if (i == 2)
+ val |= got_address;
+ if (i == 4)
+ val |= 0xffffff & -((root_plt->offset + i * 4 + 8) >> 2);
+ if (i == 5)
+ val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (i == 2 || i == 5)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ else
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ }
+
+ loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
+ + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * RELOC_SIZE (htab));
+
+ /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded R_ARM_ABS32 relocation
+ referencing the GOT for this PLT entry. */
+ rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
+ rel.r_addend = got_offset;
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ loc += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+
+ /* Create the R_ARM_ABS32 relocation referencing the
+ beginning of the PLT for this GOT entry. */
+ rel.r_offset = got_address;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the displacement between the PLT slot and the
+ entry in the GOT. The eight-byte offset accounts for the
+ value produced by adding to pc in the first instruction
+ of the PLT stub. */
+ got_displacement = got_address - (plt_address + 8);
+
+ BFD_ASSERT ((got_displacement & 0xf0000000) == 0);
+
+ if (elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (info, arm_plt))
+ {
+ put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[0], ptr - 4);
+ put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[1], ptr - 2);
+ }
+
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_entry[0]
+ | ((got_displacement & 0x0ff00000) >> 20),
+ ptr + 0);
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_entry[1]
+ | ((got_displacement & 0x000ff000) >> 12),
+ ptr+ 4);
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_entry[2]
+ | (got_displacement & 0x00000fff),
+ ptr + 8);
+#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf32_arm_plt_entry[3], ptr + 12);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the .rel(a).(i)plt section. */
+ rel.r_offset = got_address;
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+ if (dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ /* .igot.plt entries use IRELATIVE relocations against SYM_VALUE.
+ The dynamic linker or static executable then calls SYM_VALUE
+ to determine the correct run-time value of the .igot.plt entry. */
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ initial_got_entry = sym_value;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT);
+ initial_got_entry = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, initial_got_entry,
+ sgot->contents + got_offset);
+ }
+
+ loc = srel->contents + plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+}
+
+/* Some relocations map to different relocations depending on the
+ target. Return the real relocation. */
+
+static int
+arm_real_reloc_type (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals,
+ int r_type)
+{
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_ARM_TARGET1:
+ if (globals->target1_is_rel)
+ return R_ARM_REL32;
+ else
+ return R_ARM_ABS32;
+
+ case R_ARM_TARGET2:
+ return globals->target2_reloc;
+
+ default:
+ return r_type;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
+ when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
+ This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
+ return 0;
+ return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
+}
+
+/* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
+ if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
+{
+ struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
+ bfd_vma base;
+
+ /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
+ if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
+ return 0;
+ base = align_power ((bfd_vma) TCB_SIZE, htab->tls_sec->alignment_power);
+ return address - htab->tls_sec->vma + base;
+}
+
+/* Perform an R_ARM_ABS12 relocation on the field pointed to by DATA.
+ VALUE is the relocation value. */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf32_arm_abs12_reloc (bfd *abfd, void *data, bfd_vma value)
+{
+ if (value > 0xfff)
+ return bfd_reloc_overflow;
+
+ value |= bfd_get_32 (abfd, data) & 0xfffff000;
+ bfd_put_32 (abfd, value, data);
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* Handle TLS relaxations. Relaxing is possible for symbols that use
+ R_ARM_GOTDESC, R_ARM_{,THM_}TLS_CALL or
+ R_ARM_{,THM_}TLS_DESCSEQ relocations, during a static link.
+
+ Return bfd_reloc_ok if we're done, bfd_reloc_continue if the caller
+ is to then call final_link_relocate. Return other values in the
+ case of error.
+
+ FIXME:When --emit-relocs is in effect, we'll emit relocs describing
+ the pre-relaxed code. It would be nice if the relocs were updated
+ to match the optimization. */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf32_arm_tls_relax (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals,
+ bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_sec, bfd_byte *contents,
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, unsigned long is_local)
+{
+ unsigned long insn;
+
+ switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+ {
+ default:
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ if (is_local)
+ insn = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ if (insn & 1)
+ insn -= 5; /* THUMB */
+ else
+ insn -= 8; /* ARM */
+ }
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ return bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ /* Thumb insn. */
+ insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ if ((insn & 0xff78) == 0x4478) /* add rx, pc */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x46c0, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xffc0) == 0x6840) /* ldr rx,[ry,#4] */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x46c0, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* ldr rx,[ry] */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn & 0xf83f, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xff87) == 0x4780) /* blx rx */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x46c0, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* mov r0, rx */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x4600 | (insn & 0x78),
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((insn & 0xf000) == 0xf000 || (insn & 0xf800) == 0xe800)
+ /* It's a 32 bit instruction, fetch the rest of it for
+ error generation. */
+ insn = (insn << 16)
+ | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 2);
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected Thumb instruction '0x%x' in TLS trampoline"),
+ input_bfd, input_sec, (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ /* arm insn. */
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ if ((insn & 0xffff0ff0) == 0xe08f0000) /* add rx,pc,ry */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* mov rx, ry */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000 | (insn & 0xffff),
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xfff00fff) == 0xe5900004) /* ldr rx,[ry,#4]*/
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* ldr rx,[ry] */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn & 0xfffff000,
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xfffffff0) == 0xe12fff30) /* blx rx */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* mov r0, rx */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000 | (insn & 0xf),
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected ARM instruction '0x%x' in TLS trampoline"),
+ input_bfd, input_sec, (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ /* GD->IE relaxation, turn the instruction into 'nop' or
+ 'ldr r0, [pc,r0]' */
+ insn = is_local ? 0xe1a00000 : 0xe79f0000;
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
+ /* GD->IE relaxation */
+ if (!is_local)
+ /* add r0,pc; ldr r0, [r0] */
+ insn = 0x44786800;
+ else if (arch_has_thumb2_nop (globals))
+ /* nop.w */
+ insn = 0xf3af8000;
+ else
+ /* nop; nop */
+ insn = 0xbf00bf00;
+
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn >> 16, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn & 0xffff, contents + rel->r_offset + 2);
+ break;
+ }
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* For a given value of n, calculate the value of G_n as required to
+ deal with group relocations. We return it in the form of an
+ encoded constant-and-rotation, together with the final residual. If n is
+ specified as less than zero, then final_residual is filled with the
+ input value and no further action is performed. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+calculate_group_reloc_mask (bfd_vma value, int n, bfd_vma *final_residual)
+{
+ int current_n;
+ bfd_vma g_n;
+ bfd_vma encoded_g_n = 0;
+ bfd_vma residual = value; /* Also known as Y_n. */
+
+ for (current_n = 0; current_n <= n; current_n++)
+ {
+ int shift;
+
+ /* Calculate which part of the value to mask. */
+ if (residual == 0)
+ shift = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ int msb;
+
+ /* Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
+ align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary. */
+ for (msb = 30; msb >= 0; msb -= 2)
+ if (residual & (3 << msb))
+ break;
+
+ /* The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
+ is the greater. */
+ shift = msb - 6;
+ if (shift < 0)
+ shift = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Calculate g_n in 32-bit as well as encoded constant+rotation form. */
+ g_n = residual & (0xff << shift);
+ encoded_g_n = (g_n >> shift)
+ | ((g_n <= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift) / 2) << 8);
+
+ /* Calculate the residual for the next time around. */
+ residual &= ~g_n;
+ }
+
+ *final_residual = residual;
+
+ return encoded_g_n;
+}
+
+/* Given an ARM instruction, determine whether it is an ADD or a SUB.
+ Returns 1 if it is an ADD, -1 if it is a SUB, and 0 otherwise. */
+
+static int
identify_add_or_sub (bfd_vma insn)
{
int opcode = insn & 0x1e00000;
struct bfd_link_info * info,
asection * sym_sec,
const char * sym_name,
- int sym_flags,
+ unsigned char st_type,
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type,
struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,
bfd_boolean * unresolved_reloc_p,
char ** error_message)
unsigned long r_type = howto->type;
unsigned long r_symndx;
bfd_byte * hit_data = contents + rel->r_offset;
- bfd * dynobj = NULL;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr * symtab_hdr;
- struct elf_link_hash_entry ** sym_hashes;
bfd_vma * local_got_offsets;
- asection * sgot = NULL;
- asection * splt = NULL;
+ bfd_vma * local_tlsdesc_gotents;
+ asection * sgot;
+ asection * splt;
asection * sreloc = NULL;
+ asection * srelgot;
bfd_vma addend;
bfd_signed_vma signed_addend;
+ unsigned char dynreloc_st_type;
+ bfd_vma dynreloc_value;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
+ bfd_vma plt_offset;
+ bfd_vma gotplt_offset;
+ bfd_boolean has_iplt_entry;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
BFD_ASSERT (is_arm_elf (input_bfd));
/* Some relocation types map to different relocations depending on the
target. We pick the right one here. */
r_type = arm_real_reloc_type (globals, r_type);
+
+ /* It is possible to have linker relaxations on some TLS access
+ models. Update our information here. */
+ r_type = elf32_arm_tls_transition (info, r_type, h);
+
if (r_type != howto->type)
howto = elf32_arm_howto_from_type (r_type);
if (bfd_get_start_address (output_bfd) != 0)
elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_ARM_HASENTRY;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- if (dynobj)
- {
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
- splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
- }
- symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
- sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ sgot = globals->root.sgot;
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
- r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+ local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
- if (globals->use_rel)
+ if (globals->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ srelgot = globals->root.srelgot;
+ else
+ srelgot = NULL;
+
+ r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
+
+ if (globals->use_rel)
{
addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & howto->src_mask;
else
addend = signed_addend = rel->r_addend;
+ /* Record the symbol information that should be used in dynamic
+ relocations. */
+ dynreloc_st_type = st_type;
+ dynreloc_value = value;
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
+ dynreloc_value |= 1;
+
+ /* Find out whether the symbol has a PLT. Set ST_VALUE, BRANCH_TYPE and
+ VALUE appropriately for relocations that we resolve at link time. */
+ has_iplt_entry = FALSE;
+ if (elf32_arm_get_plt_info (input_bfd, eh, r_symndx, &root_plt, &arm_plt)
+ && root_plt->offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ plt_offset = root_plt->offset;
+ gotplt_offset = arm_plt->got_offset;
+
+ if (h == NULL || eh->is_iplt)
+ {
+ has_iplt_entry = TRUE;
+ splt = globals->root.iplt;
+
+ /* Populate .iplt entries here, because not all of them will
+ be seen by finish_dynamic_symbol. The lower bit is set if
+ we have already populated the entry. */
+ if (plt_offset & 1)
+ plt_offset--;
+ else
+ {
+ elf32_arm_populate_plt_entry (output_bfd, info, root_plt, arm_plt,
+ -1, dynreloc_value);
+ root_plt->offset |= 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Static relocations always resolve to the .iplt entry. */
+ st_type = STT_FUNC;
+ value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + plt_offset);
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+
+ /* If there are non-call relocations that resolve to the .iplt
+ entry, then all dynamic ones must too. */
+ if (arm_plt->noncall_refcount != 0)
+ {
+ dynreloc_st_type = st_type;
+ dynreloc_value = value;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* We populate the .plt entry in finish_dynamic_symbol. */
+ splt = globals->root.splt;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ splt = NULL;
+ plt_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ gotplt_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ }
+
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_NONE:
&& r_type != R_ARM_CALL
&& r_type != R_ARM_JUMP24
&& r_type != R_ARM_PLT32)
- && h != NULL
- && splt != NULL
- && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ && plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- /* If we've created a .plt section, and assigned a PLT entry to
- this function, it should not be known to bind locally. If
- it were, we would have cleared the PLT entry. */
- BFD_ASSERT (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h));
+ /* If we've created a .plt section, and assigned a PLT entry
+ to this function, it must either be a STT_GNU_IFUNC reference
+ or not be known to bind locally. In other cases, we should
+ have cleared the PLT entry by now. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (has_iplt_entry || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h));
value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
+ + plt_offset);
*unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
contents, rel->r_offset, value,
run time. */
if ((info->shared || globals->root.is_relocatable_executable)
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
- && !(elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p
+ && !(globals->vxworks_p
&& strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
".tls_vars") == 0)
&& ((r_type != R_ARM_REL32 && r_type != R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
+ && (!strstr (input_section->name, STUB_SUFFIX))
&& (h == NULL
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
&& r_type != R_ARM_PLT32)
{
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
*unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
- if (sreloc == NULL)
+ if (sreloc == NULL && globals->root.dynamic_sections_created)
{
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (input_bfd, input_section,
! globals->use_rel);
int symbol;
/* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- value |= 1;
+ BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_ARM_ABS32 || r_type == R_ARM_ABS32_NOI);
if (globals->symbian_p)
{
asection *osec;
relocate the text and data segments independently,
so the symbol does not matter. */
symbol = 0;
- outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (symbol, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ /* We have an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol that doesn't resolve
+ to the .iplt entry. Instead, every non-call reference
+ must use an R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation to obtain the
+ correct run-time address. */
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (symbol, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (symbol, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
if (globals->use_rel)
relocate = TRUE;
else
- outrel.r_addend += value;
+ outrel.r_addend += dynreloc_value;
}
- loc = sreloc->contents;
- loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, sreloc, &outrel);
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do not want to
fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we need to include the symbol
return bfd_reloc_ok;
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
- contents, rel->r_offset, value,
- (bfd_vma) 0);
+ contents, rel->r_offset,
+ dynreloc_value, (bfd_vma) 0);
}
else switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_PC24: /* Arm B/BL instruction. */
case R_ARM_PLT32:
{
- bfd_vma from;
- bfd_signed_vma branch_offset;
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry = NULL;
if (r_type == R_ARM_XPC25)
/* Check for Arm calling Arm function. */
/* FIXME: Should we translate the instruction into a BL
instruction instead ? */
- if (sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type != ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
(*_bfd_error_handler)
(_("\%B: Warning: Arm BLX instruction targets Arm function '%s'."),
input_bfd,
else if (r_type == R_ARM_PC24)
{
/* Check for Arm calling Thumb function. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
if (elf32_arm_to_thumb_stub (info, sym_name, input_bfd,
output_bfd, input_section,
|| r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24
|| r_type == R_ARM_PLT32)
{
- /* If the call goes through a PLT entry, make sure to
- check distance to the right destination address. */
- if (h != NULL && splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
- {
- value = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
- *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
- }
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash;
- from = (input_section->output_section->vma
- + input_section->output_offset
- + rel->r_offset);
- branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(value - from);
-
- if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || ((sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- && (((r_type == R_ARM_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
- || (r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
- || (r_type == R_ARM_PLT32) ))
- )
+ hash = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, input_section, rel,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ hash, value, sym_sec,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
{
/* The target is out of reach, so redirect the
branch to the local stub for this function. */
stub_entry = elf32_arm_get_stub_entry (input_section,
sym_sec, h,
- rel, globals);
+ rel, globals,
+ stub_type);
if (stub_entry != NULL)
value = (stub_entry->stub_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
}
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the call goes through a PLT entry, make sure to
+ check distance to the right destination address. */
+ if (plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + plt_offset);
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ /* The PLT entry is in ARM mode, regardless of the
+ target function. */
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ }
}
/* The ARM ELF ABI says that this reloc is computed as: S - P + A
signed_addend >>= howto->rightshift;
/* A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
- the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created. */
- if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
- && !(splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1))
+ the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
+ Do the same for local undefined symbols (but not for STN_UNDEF).
+ The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
+ on the architecture. */
+ if (h ? (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+ && plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+ : r_symndx != STN_UNDEF && bfd_is_und_section (sym_sec))
{
- value = (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & 0xf0000000)
- | 0x0affffff;
+ value = (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & 0xf0000000);
+
+ if (arch_has_arm_nop (globals))
+ value |= 0x0320f000;
+ else
+ value |= 0x01a00000; /* Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0. */
}
else
{
if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL)
{
/* Set the H bit in the BLX instruction. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
if (addend)
value |= (1 << 24);
/* Select the correct instruction (BL or BLX). */
/* Only if we are not handling a BL to a stub. In this
case, mode switching is performed by the stub. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC && !stub_entry)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB && !stub_entry)
value |= (1 << 28);
- else
+ else if (stub_entry || branch_type != ST_BRANCH_UNKNOWN)
{
value &= ~(bfd_vma)(1 << 28);
value |= (1 << 24);
case R_ARM_ABS32:
value += addend;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
break;
case R_ARM_REL32:
value += addend;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+ input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset);
}
value &= 0x7fffffff;
value |= (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & 0x80000000);
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
break;
}
case R_ARM_ABS8:
value += addend;
- if ((long) value > 0x7f || (long) value < -0x80)
+
+ /* There is no way to tell whether the user intended to use a signed or
+ unsigned addend. When checking for overflow we accept either,
+ as specified by the AAELF. */
+ if ((long) value > 0xff || (long) value < -0x80)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, value, hit_data);
case R_ARM_ABS16:
value += addend;
- if ((long) value > 0x7fff || (long) value < -0x8000)
+ /* See comment for R_ARM_ABS8. */
+ if ((long) value > 0xffff || (long) value < -0x8000)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, value, hit_data);
bfd_vma check;
bfd_signed_vma signed_check;
int bitsize;
- int thumb2 = using_thumb2 (globals);
+ const int thumb2 = using_thumb2 (globals);
/* A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
- the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created. */
+ the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
+ The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
+ Thumb-2 enabled architectures. */
if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
- && !(splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1))
+ && plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xe000, hit_data);
- bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xbf00, hit_data + 2);
+ if (arch_has_thumb2_nop (globals))
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xf3af, hit_data);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x8000, hit_data + 2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xe000, hit_data);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xbf00, hit_data + 2);
+ }
return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
/* Check for Thumb to Thumb call. */
/* FIXME: Should we translate the instruction into a BL
instruction instead ? */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
(*_bfd_error_handler)
(_("%B: Warning: Thumb BLX instruction targets thumb function '%s'."),
input_bfd,
If it is a call relative to a section name, then it is not a
function call at all, but rather a long jump. Calls through
the PLT do not require stubs. */
- if (sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC && sym_flags != STT_SECTION
- && (h == NULL || splt == NULL
- || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1))
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM && plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
{
if (globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
{
return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
}
}
- else if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC && globals->use_blx
+ else if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB
+ && globals->use_blx
&& r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
{
/* Make sure this is a BL. */
}
}
- /* Handle calls via the PLT. */
- if (h != NULL && splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
- {
- value = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
- if (globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- {
- /* If the Thumb BLX instruction is available, convert the
- BL to a BLX instruction to call the ARM-mode PLT entry. */
- lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
- }
- else
- /* Target the Thumb stub before the ARM PLT entry. */
- value -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
- *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
- }
-
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
{
/* Check if a stub has to be inserted because the destination
is too far. */
- bfd_vma from;
- bfd_signed_vma branch_offset;
- struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry = NULL;
-
- from = (input_section->output_section->vma
- + input_section->output_offset
- + rel->r_offset);
- branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(value - from);
-
- if ((!thumb2
- && (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || (branch_offset < THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
- ||
- (thumb2
- && (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
- || ((sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- && (((r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
- || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)))
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash;
+
+ hash = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, input_section, rel,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ hash, value, sym_sec,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
{
/* The target is out of reach or we are changing modes, so
redirect the branch to the local stub for this
function. */
stub_entry = elf32_arm_get_stub_entry (input_section,
sym_sec, h,
- rel, globals);
+ rel, globals,
+ stub_type);
if (stub_entry != NULL)
value = (stub_entry->stub_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
{
if ((stub_entry
&& !arm_stub_is_thumb (stub_entry->stub_type))
- || (sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC))
+ || branch_type != ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
}
}
}
+ /* Handle calls via the PLT. */
+ if (stub_type == arm_stub_none && plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + plt_offset);
+
+ if (globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ {
+ /* If the Thumb BLX instruction is available, convert
+ the BL to a BLX instruction to call the ARM-mode
+ PLT entry. */
+ lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Target the Thumb stub before the ARM PLT entry. */
+ value -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
+ }
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ }
+
relocation = value + signed_addend;
relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
bitsize = howto->bitsize;
if (!thumb2)
bitsize -= 2;
- reloc_signed_max = ((1 << (bitsize - 1)) - 1) >> howto->rightshift;
+ reloc_signed_max = (1 << (bitsize - 1)) - 1;
reloc_signed_min = ~reloc_signed_max;
/* Assumes two's complement. */
}
/* Handle calls via the PLT. */
- if (h != NULL && splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ if (plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
+ + plt_offset);
/* Target the Thumb stub before the ARM PLT entry. */
value -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
*unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
/* If we are addressing a Thumb function, we need to adjust the
address by one, so that attempts to call the function pointer will
correctly interpret it as Thumb code. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value += 1;
/* Note that sgot->output_offset is not involved in this
if (sgot == NULL)
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
- if (h != NULL)
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1
+ && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
+ {
+ /* We have a relocation against a locally-binding STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ symbol, and the relocation resolves directly to the runtime
+ target rather than to the .iplt entry. This means that any
+ .got entry would be the same value as the .igot.plt entry,
+ so there's no point creating both. */
+ sgot = globals->root.igotplt;
+ value = sgot->output_offset + gotplt_offset;
+ }
+ else if (h != NULL)
{
bfd_vma off;
- bfd_boolean dyn;
off = h->got.offset;
BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
- dyn = globals->root.dynamic_sections_created;
-
- if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
- || (info->shared
- && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
- || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
- && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ if ((off & 1) != 0)
+ {
+ /* We have already processsed one GOT relocation against
+ this symbol. */
+ off &= ~1;
+ if (globals->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
{
- /* This is actually a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link
- and the symbol is defined locally. We must initialize this
- entry in the global offset table. Since the offset must
- always be a multiple of 4, we use the least significant bit
- to record whether we have initialized it already.
-
- When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel(a).got relocation
- entry to initialize the value. This is done in the
- finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
- if ((off & 1) != 0)
- off &= ~1;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+
+ if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ {
+ /* If the symbol doesn't resolve locally in a static
+ object, we have an undefined reference. If the
+ symbol doesn't resolve locally in a dynamic object,
+ it should be resolved by the dynamic linker. */
+ if (globals->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ {
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = 0;
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ }
else
{
- /* If we are addressing a Thumb function, we need to
- adjust the address by one, so that attempts to
- call the function pointer will correctly
- interpret it as Thumb code. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- value |= 1;
-
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + off);
- h->got.offset |= 1;
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ else if (info->shared)
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = 0;
+ outrel.r_addend = dynreloc_value;
}
- }
- else
- *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ /* The GOT entry is initialized to zero by default.
+ See if we should install a different value. */
+ if (outrel.r_addend != 0
+ && (outrel.r_info == 0 || globals->use_rel))
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
+ sgot->contents + off);
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (outrel.r_info != 0)
+ {
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ + off);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
+ }
+ h->got.offset |= 1;
+ }
value = sgot->output_offset + off;
}
else
off &= ~1;
else
{
- /* If we are addressing a Thumb function, we need to
- adjust the address by one, so that attempts to
- call the function pointer will correctly
- interpret it as Thumb code. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- value |= 1;
-
if (globals->use_rel)
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + off);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, dynreloc_value, sgot->contents + off);
- if (info->shared)
+ if (info->shared || dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
{
- asection * srelgot;
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- srelgot = (bfd_get_section_by_name
- (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (globals, ".got")));
- BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
-
- outrel.r_addend = addend + value;
+ outrel.r_addend = addend + dynreloc_value;
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ sgot->output_offset
+ off);
- outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
- loc = srelgot->contents;
- loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
}
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
{
bfd_vma off;
- if (globals->sgot == NULL)
+ if (sgot == NULL)
abort ();
off = globals->tls_ldm_got.offset;
if (info->shared)
{
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- if (globals->srelgot == NULL)
+ if (srelgot == NULL)
abort ();
outrel.r_addend = 0;
- outrel.r_offset = (globals->sgot->output_section->vma
- + globals->sgot->output_offset + off);
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset + off);
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32);
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + off);
+ sgot->contents + off);
- loc = globals->srelgot->contents;
- loc += globals->srelgot->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
}
else
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, globals->sgot->contents + off);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + off);
globals->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
}
- value = globals->sgot->output_section->vma + globals->sgot->output_offset + off
+ value = sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + off
- (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset);
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
rel->r_addend);
}
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
{
- bfd_vma off;
- int indx;
+ bfd_vma off, offplt;
+ int indx = 0;
char tls_type;
- if (globals->sgot == NULL)
- abort ();
+ BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- indx = 0;
if (h != NULL)
{
bfd_boolean dyn;
indx = h->dynindx;
}
off = h->got.offset;
+ offplt = elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
tls_type = ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_type;
}
else
{
- if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
- abort ();
+ BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
+ offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
tls_type = elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
}
- if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
- abort ();
+ /* Linker relaxations happens from one of the
+ R_ARM_{GOTDESC,CALL,DESCSEQ} relocations to IE or LE. */
+ if (ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) != r_type)
+ tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN);
if ((off & 1) != 0)
off &= ~1;
{
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc = NULL;
int cur_off = off;
/* The GOT entries have not been initialized yet. Do it
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
{
need_relocs = TRUE;
- if (globals->srelgot == NULL)
- abort ();
- loc = globals->srelgot->contents;
- loc += globals->srelgot->reloc_count * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
}
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+
+ /* We should have relaxed, unless this is an undefined
+ weak symbol. */
+ BFD_ASSERT ((h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ || info->shared);
+ BFD_ASSERT (globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
+ <= globals->root.sgotplt->size);
+
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ outrel.r_offset = (globals->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.sgotplt->output_offset
+ + offplt
+ + globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
+
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_ARM_TLS_DESC);
+ sreloc = globals->root.srelplt;
+ loc = sreloc->contents;
+ loc += globals->next_tls_desc_index++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ BFD_ASSERT (loc + RELOC_SIZE (globals)
+ <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
+
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+
+ /* For globals, the first word in the relocation gets
+ the relocation index and the top bit set, or zero,
+ if we're binding now. For locals, it gets the
+ symbol's offset in the tls section. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ !h ? value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
+ : info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW ? 0
+ : 0x80000000 | ELF32_R_SYM (outrel.r_info),
+ globals->root.sgotplt->contents + offplt +
+ globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
+
+ /* Second word in the relocation is always zero. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
+ globals->root.sgotplt->contents + offplt +
+ globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
+ }
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
{
if (need_relocs)
{
outrel.r_addend = 0;
- outrel.r_offset = (globals->sgot->output_section->vma
- + globals->sgot->output_offset
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ cur_off);
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32);
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
- globals->srelgot->reloc_count++;
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
if (indx == 0)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value - dtpoff_base (info),
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
else
{
outrel.r_addend = 0;
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
-
+ sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
- globals->srelgot->reloc_count++;
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info,
+ srelgot, &outrel);
}
}
else
symbol binding locally. Mark it as belonging
to module 1, the executable. */
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value - dtpoff_base (info),
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
}
cur_off += 8;
outrel.r_addend = value - dtpoff_base (info);
else
outrel.r_addend = 0;
- outrel.r_offset = (globals->sgot->output_section->vma
- + globals->sgot->output_offset
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ cur_off);
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
- globals->srelgot->reloc_count++;
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
}
else
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, value),
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
cur_off += 4;
}
if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && r_type != R_ARM_TLS_GD32)
off += 8;
- value = globals->sgot->output_section->vma + globals->sgot->output_offset + off
- - (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset);
+ else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ off = offplt;
+
+ if (ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ bfd_signed_vma offset;
+ /* TLS stubs are arm mode. The original symbol is a
+ data object, so branch_type is bogus. */
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type
+ = arm_type_of_stub (info, input_section, rel,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)h,
+ globals->tls_trampoline, globals->root.splt,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
+ {
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry
+ = elf32_arm_get_stub_entry
+ (input_section, globals->root.splt, 0, rel,
+ globals, stub_type);
+ offset = (stub_entry->stub_offset
+ + stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
+ + stub_entry->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
+ }
+ else
+ offset = (globals->root.splt->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.splt->output_offset
+ + globals->tls_trampoline);
+
+ if (ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ unsigned long inst;
+
+ offset -= (input_section->output_section->vma +
+ input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset + 8);
+
+ inst = offset >> 2;
+ inst &= 0x00ffffff;
+ value = inst | (globals->use_blx ? 0xfa000000 : 0xeb000000);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Thumb blx encodes the offset in a complicated
+ fashion. */
+ unsigned upper_insn, lower_insn;
+ unsigned neg;
+
+ offset -= (input_section->output_section->vma +
+ input_section->output_offset
+ + rel->r_offset + 4);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none
+ && arm_stub_is_thumb (stub_type))
+ {
+ lower_insn = 0xd000;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lower_insn = 0xc000;
+ /* Round up the offset to a word boundary */
+ offset = (offset + 2) & ~2;
+ }
+
+ neg = offset < 0;
+ upper_insn = (0xf000
+ | ((offset >> 12) & 0x3ff)
+ | (neg << 10));
+ lower_insn |= (((!((offset >> 23) & 1)) ^ neg) << 13)
+ | (((!((offset >> 22) & 1)) ^ neg) << 11)
+ | ((offset >> 1) & 0x7ff);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, upper_insn, hit_data);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, lower_insn, hit_data + 2);
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
+ }
+ }
+ /* These relocations needs special care, as besides the fact
+ they point somewhere in .gotplt, the addend must be
+ adjusted accordingly depending on the type of instruction
+ we refer to */
+ else if ((r_type == R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ {
+ unsigned long data, insn;
+ unsigned thumb;
+
+ data = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data);
+ thumb = data & 1;
+ data &= ~1u;
+
+ if (thumb)
+ {
+ insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - data);
+ if ((insn & 0xf000) == 0xf000 || (insn & 0xf800) == 0xe800)
+ insn = (insn << 16)
+ | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd,
+ contents + rel->r_offset - data + 2);
+ if ((insn & 0xf800c000) == 0xf000c000)
+ /* bl/blx */
+ value = -6;
+ else if ((insn & 0xffffff00) == 0x4400)
+ /* add */
+ value = -5;
+ else
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected Thumb instruction '0x%x' referenced by TLS_GOTDESC"),
+ input_bfd, input_section,
+ (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - data);
+
+ switch (insn >> 24)
+ {
+ case 0xeb: /* bl */
+ case 0xfa: /* blx */
+ value = -4;
+ break;
+
+ case 0xe0: /* add */
+ value = -8;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected ARM instruction '0x%x' referenced by TLS_GOTDESC"),
+ input_bfd, input_section,
+ (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ }
+
+ value += ((globals->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.sgotplt->output_offset + off)
+ - (input_section->output_section->vma
+ + input_section->output_offset
+ + rel->r_offset)
+ + globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
+ }
+ else
+ value = ((globals->root.sgot->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.sgot->output_offset + off)
+ - (input_section->output_section->vma
+ + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset));
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
contents, rel->r_offset, value,
}
case R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
- if (info->shared)
+ if (info->shared && !info->pie)
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_ARM_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted in shared object"),
input_bfd, input_section,
(long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
- return FALSE;
+ return (bfd_reloc_status_type) FALSE;
}
else
value = tpoff (info, value);
if (r_type == R_ARM_MOVW_BREL && value >= 0x10000)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
if (r_type == R_ARM_MOVT_ABS || r_type == R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL && value >= 0x10000)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS || r_type == R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
/* If the target symbol is a Thumb function, then set the
Thumb bit in the address. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
signed_value |= 1;
/* Calculate the value of the relevant G_n, in encoded
|| (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
|| (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32 \
|| (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_LE32 \
- || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_IE32)
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_IE32 \
+ || IS_ARM_TLS_GNU_RELOC (R_TYPE))
+
+/* Specific set of relocations for the gnu tls dialect. */
+#define IS_ARM_TLS_GNU_RELOC(R_TYPE) \
+ ((R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ)
/* Relocate an ARM ELF section. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
sym_type = ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+
+ /* An object file might have a reference to a local
+ undefined symbol. This is a daft object file, but we
+ should at least do something about it. V4BX & NONE
+ relocations do not use the symbol and are explicitly
+ allowed to use the undefined symbol, so allow those.
+ Likewise for relocations against STN_UNDEF. */
+ if (r_type != R_ARM_V4BX
+ && r_type != R_ARM_NONE
+ && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
+ && bfd_is_und_section (sec)
+ && ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_WEAK)
+ {
+ if (!info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
+ (info, bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+ (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name),
+ input_bfd, input_section,
+ rel->r_offset, TRUE))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
if (globals->use_rel)
{
relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
- relocation;
addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
- /* Cases here must match those in the preceeding
+ /* Cases here must match those in the preceding
switch statement. */
switch (r_type)
{
}
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
- {
- /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
- or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
- section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
- _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
- rel->r_info = 0;
- rel->r_addend = 0;
- continue;
- }
+ RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
+ rel, relend, howto, contents);
if (info->relocatable)
{
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
}
- if (r_symndx != 0
+ if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
&& r_type != R_ARM_NONE
&& (h == NULL
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
name);
}
- r = elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, output_bfd,
- input_section, contents, rel,
- relocation, info, sec, name,
- (h ? ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) :
- ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)), h,
- &unresolved_reloc, &error_message);
+ /* We call elf32_arm_final_link_relocate unless we're completely
+ done, i.e., the relaxation produced the final output we want,
+ and we won't let anybody mess with it. Also, we have to do
+ addend adjustments in case of a R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC relocation
+ both in relaxed and non-relaxed cases */
+ if ((elf32_arm_tls_transition (info, r_type, h) != (unsigned)r_type)
+ || (IS_ARM_TLS_GNU_RELOC (r_type)
+ && !((h ? elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tls_type :
+ elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx])
+ & GOT_TLS_GDESC)))
+ {
+ r = elf32_arm_tls_relax (globals, input_bfd, input_section,
+ contents, rel, h == NULL);
+ /* This may have been marked unresolved because it came from
+ a shared library. But we've just dealt with that. */
+ unresolved_reloc = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ r = bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+ if (r == bfd_reloc_continue)
+ r = elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, output_bfd,
+ input_section, contents, rel,
+ relocation, info, sec, name, sym_type,
+ (h ? h->target_internal
+ : ARM_SYM_BRANCH_TYPE (sym)), h,
+ &unresolved_reloc, &error_message);
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
return TRUE;
}
-/* Add a new unwind edit to the list described by HEAD, TAIL. If INDEX is zero,
+/* Add a new unwind edit to the list described by HEAD, TAIL. If TINDEX is zero,
adds the edit to the start of the list. (The list must be built in order of
- ascending INDEX: the function's callers are primarily responsible for
+ ascending TINDEX: the function's callers are primarily responsible for
maintaining that condition). */
static void
arm_unwind_table_edit **tail,
arm_unwind_edit_type type,
asection *linked_section,
- unsigned int index)
+ unsigned int tindex)
{
- arm_unwind_table_edit *new_edit = xmalloc (sizeof (arm_unwind_table_edit));
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *new_edit = (arm_unwind_table_edit *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (arm_unwind_table_edit));
new_edit->type = type;
new_edit->linked_section = linked_section;
- new_edit->index = index;
+ new_edit->index = tindex;
- if (index > 0)
+ if (tindex > 0)
{
new_edit->next = NULL;
2. Duplicate entries are merged together (EXIDX_CANTUNWIND, or unwind
codes which have been inlined into the index).
+ If MERGE_EXIDX_ENTRIES is false, duplicate entries are not merged.
+
The edits are applied when the tables are written
(in elf32_arm_write_section).
*/
bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_fix_exidx_coverage (asection **text_section_order,
unsigned int num_text_sections,
- struct bfd_link_info *info)
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ bfd_boolean merge_exidx_entries)
{
bfd *inp;
unsigned int last_second_word = 0, i;
/* Walk all text sections in order of increasing VMA. Eilminate duplicate
index table entries (EXIDX_CANTUNWIND and inlined unwind opcodes),
- and add EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entries for sections with no unwind table data.
- */
+ and add EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entries for sections with no unwind table data. */
for (i = 0; i < num_text_sections; i++)
{
/* Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous. */
else if ((second_word & 0x80000000) != 0)
{
- if (last_second_word == second_word && last_unwind_type == 1)
+ if (merge_exidx_entries
+ && last_second_word == second_word && last_unwind_type == 1)
elide = 1;
unwind_type = 1;
last_second_word = second_word;
elf32_arm_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ asection *sec, *osec;
+
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
/* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
return FALSE;
+ /* Process stub sections (eg BE8 encoding, ...). */
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ int i;
+ for (i=0; i<htab->top_id; i++)
+ {
+ sec = htab->stub_group[i].stub_sec;
+ /* Only process it once, in its link_sec slot. */
+ if (sec && i == htab->stub_group[i].link_sec->id)
+ {
+ osec = sec->output_section;
+ elf32_arm_write_section (abfd, info, sec, sec->contents);
+ if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, osec, sec->contents,
+ sec->output_offset, sec->size))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
/* Write out any glue sections now that we have created all the
stubs. */
if (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL)
static int
elf32_arm_obj_attrs_order (int num)
{
- if (num == 4)
+ if (num == LEAST_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTE)
return Tag_conformance;
- if (num == 5)
+ if (num == LEAST_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTE + 1)
return Tag_nodefaults;
if ((num - 2) < Tag_nodefaults)
return num - 2;
return num;
}
+/* Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_obj_attrs_handle_unknown (bfd *abfd, int tag)
+{
+ if ((tag & 127) < 64)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("%B: Unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
+ abfd, tag);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B: Unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
+ abfd, tag);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
/* Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
Returns -1 if no architecture could be read. */
/* Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
currently-defined values fit in one byte for each. */
if (!attr->s)
- attr->s = bfd_alloc (abfd, 3);
+ attr->s = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, 3);
attr->s[0] = Tag_CPU_arch;
attr->s[1] = arch;
attr->s[2] = '\0';
T(V6S_M), /* V6_M. */
T(V6S_M) /* V6S_M. */
};
+ const int v7e_m[] =
+ {
+ -1, /* PRE_V4. */
+ -1, /* V4. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V4T. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V5T. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V5TE. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V5TEJ. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6KZ. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6T2. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6K. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V7. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6_M. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6S_M. */
+ T(V7E_M) /* V7E_M. */
+ };
const int v4t_plus_v6_m[] =
{
-1, /* PRE_V4. */
T(V7), /* V7. */
T(V6_M), /* V6_M. */
T(V6S_M), /* V6S_M. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V7E_M. */
T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M) /* V4T plus V6_M. */
};
const int *comb[] =
v7,
v6_m,
v6s_m,
+ v7e_m,
/* Pseudo-architecture. */
v4t_plus_v6_m
};
/* Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about. */
- if (oldtag >= MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag >= MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
+ if (oldtag > MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag > MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
{
_bfd_error_handler (_("error: %B: Unknown CPU architecture"), ibfd);
return -1;
{
obj_attribute *in_attr;
obj_attribute *out_attr;
- obj_attribute_list *in_list;
- obj_attribute_list *out_list;
- obj_attribute_list **out_listp;
/* Some tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
2 = weak requirement. */
static const int order_021[3] = {0, 2, 1};
- /* For use with Tag_VFP_arch. */
- static const int order_01243[5] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 3};
int i;
bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
/* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
_bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
+ out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
+
/* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
initialized. */
- elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
+ out_attr[0].i = 1;
- return TRUE;
+ /* We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
+ the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
+ if (out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].i != 0)
+ {
+ if (out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i != 0
+ && out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].i
+ != out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Error: %B has both the current and legacy "
+ "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"), ibfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use] =
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy];
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].type = 0;
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].i = 0;
+ }
+
+ return result;
}
in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (ibfd);
{
_bfd_error_handler
(_("error: %B uses VFP register arguments, %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
+ in_attr[Tag_ABI_VFP_args].i ? ibfd : obfd,
+ in_attr[Tag_ABI_VFP_args].i ? obfd : ibfd);
result = FALSE;
}
}
- for (i = 4; i < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES; i++)
+ for (i = LEAST_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTE; i < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES; i++)
{
/* Merge this attribute with existing attributes. */
switch (i)
case Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions:
case Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions:
case Tag_ABI_FP_number_model:
- case Tag_VFP_HP_extension:
+ case Tag_FP_HP_extension:
case Tag_CPU_unaligned_access:
case Tag_T2EE_use:
- case Tag_Virtualization_use:
case Tag_MPextension_use:
/* Use the largest value specified. */
if (in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
- case Tag_ABI_align8_preserved:
+ case Tag_ABI_align_preserved:
case Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data:
/* Use the smallest value specified. */
if (in_attr[i].i < out_attr[i].i)
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
- case Tag_ABI_align8_needed:
+ case Tag_ABI_align_needed:
if ((in_attr[i].i > 0 || out_attr[i].i > 0)
- && (in_attr[Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].i == 0
- || out_attr[Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].i == 0))
+ && (in_attr[Tag_ABI_align_preserved].i == 0
+ || out_attr[Tag_ABI_align_preserved].i == 0))
{
/* This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
+ case Tag_Virtualization_use:
+ /* The virtualization tag effectively stores two bits of
+ information: the intended use of TrustZone (in bit 0), and the
+ intended use of Virtualization (in bit 1). */
+ if (out_attr[i].i == 0)
+ out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ else if (in_attr[i].i != 0
+ && in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ if (in_attr[i].i <= 3 && out_attr[i].i <= 3)
+ out_attr[i].i = 3;
+ else
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B: unable to merge virtualization attributes "
+ "with %B"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
case Tag_CPU_arch_profile:
if (out_attr[i].i != in_attr[i].i)
}
}
break;
- case Tag_VFP_arch:
- /* Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 1, 2, 4, 3, or the
- largest value if greater than 4 (for future-proofing). */
- if ((in_attr[i].i > 4 && in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
- || (in_attr[i].i <= 4 && out_attr[i].i <= 4
- && order_01243[in_attr[i].i] > order_01243[out_attr[i].i]))
- out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ case Tag_FP_arch:
+ {
+ /* Tag_ABI_HardFP_use is handled along with Tag_FP_arch since
+ the meaning of Tag_ABI_HardFP_use depends on Tag_FP_arch
+ when it's 0. It might mean absence of FP hardware if
+ Tag_FP_arch is zero, otherwise it is effectively SP + DP. */
+
+ static const struct
+ {
+ int ver;
+ int regs;
+ } vfp_versions[7] =
+ {
+ {0, 0},
+ {1, 16},
+ {2, 16},
+ {3, 32},
+ {3, 16},
+ {4, 32},
+ {4, 16}
+ };
+ int ver;
+ int regs;
+ int newval;
+
+ /* If the output has no requirement about FP hardware,
+ follow the requirement of the input. */
+ if (out_attr[i].i == 0)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0);
+ out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i
+ = in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* If the input has no requirement about FP hardware, do
+ nothing. */
+ else if (in_attr[i].i == 0)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Both the input and the output have nonzero Tag_FP_arch.
+ So Tag_ABI_HardFP_use is (SP & DP) when it's zero. */
+
+ /* If both the input and the output have zero Tag_ABI_HardFP_use,
+ do nothing. */
+ if (in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0
+ && out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0)
+ ;
+ /* If the input and the output have different Tag_ABI_HardFP_use,
+ the combination of them is 3 (SP & DP). */
+ else if (in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i
+ != out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i)
+ out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i = 3;
+
+ /* Now we can handle Tag_FP_arch. */
+
+ /* Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
+ biggest */
+ if (in_attr[i].i > 6 && in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ out_attr[i] = in_attr[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ /* The output uses the superset of input features
+ (ISA version) and registers. */
+ ver = vfp_versions[in_attr[i].i].ver;
+ if (ver < vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].ver)
+ ver = vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].ver;
+ regs = vfp_versions[in_attr[i].i].regs;
+ if (regs < vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].regs)
+ regs = vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].regs;
+ /* This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
+ options. */
+ for (newval = 6; newval > 0; newval--)
+ {
+ if (regs == vfp_versions[newval].regs
+ && ver == vfp_versions[newval].ver)
+ break;
+ }
+ out_attr[i].i = newval;
+ }
break;
case Tag_PCS_config:
if (out_attr[i].i == 0)
/* Merged in target-independent code. */
break;
case Tag_ABI_HardFP_use:
- /* 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP). */
- if ((in_attr[i].i == 1 && out_attr[i].i == 2)
- || (in_attr[i].i == 2 && out_attr[i].i == 1))
- out_attr[i].i = 3;
- else if (in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
- out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ /* This is handled along with Tag_FP_arch. */
break;
case Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format:
if (in_attr[i].i != 0 && out_attr[i].i != 0)
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
+ case Tag_DIV_use:
+ /* This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
+ mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
+ SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
+ CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
+ is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
+ the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
+ attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
+ value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
+ inputs. */
+ if (in_attr[i].i != 1 && out_attr[i].i != 1)
+ {
+ if (in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("DIV usage mismatch between %B and %B"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (in_attr[i].i != 1)
+ out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+
+ break;
+
+ case Tag_MPextension_use_legacy:
+ /* We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
+ move the value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
+ if (in_attr[i].i != 0 && in_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i != 0)
+ {
+ if (in_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i != in_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("%B has has both the current and legacy "
+ "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
+ ibfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (in_attr[i].i > out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i)
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use] = in_attr[i];
+
+ break;
+
case Tag_nodefaults:
/* This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
break;
default:
- {
- bfd *err_bfd = NULL;
-
- /* The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
- attributes. Ensure that there are unused. */
- if (out_attr[i].i != 0 || out_attr[i].s != NULL)
- err_bfd = obfd;
- else if (in_attr[i].i != 0 || in_attr[i].s != NULL)
- err_bfd = ibfd;
-
- if (err_bfd != NULL)
- {
- /* Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
- if ((i & 127) < 64)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("%B: Unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, i);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- result = FALSE;
- }
- else
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B: Unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, i);
- }
- }
-
- /* Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs. */
- if (in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i
- || in_attr[i].s != out_attr[i].s
- || (in_attr[i].s != NULL && out_attr[i].s != NULL
- && strcmp (in_attr[i].s, out_attr[i].s) != 0))
- {
- out_attr[i].i = 0;
- out_attr[i].s = NULL;
- }
- }
+ result
+ = result && _bfd_elf_merge_unknown_attribute_low (ibfd, obfd, i);
}
/* If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet. */
}
/* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
- _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
+ if (!_bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
/* Check for any attributes not known on ARM. */
- in_list = elf_other_obj_attributes_proc (ibfd);
- out_listp = &elf_other_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
- out_list = *out_listp;
-
- for (; in_list || out_list; )
- {
- bfd *err_bfd = NULL;
- int err_tag = 0;
-
- /* The tags for each list are in numerical order. */
- /* If the tags are equal, then merge. */
- if (out_list && (!in_list || in_list->tag > out_list->tag))
- {
- /* This attribute only exists in obfd. We can't merge, and we don't
- know what the tag means, so delete it. */
- err_bfd = obfd;
- err_tag = out_list->tag;
- *out_listp = out_list->next;
- out_list = *out_listp;
- }
- else if (in_list && (!out_list || in_list->tag < out_list->tag))
- {
- /* This attribute only exists in ibfd. We can't merge, and we don't
- know what the tag means, so ignore it. */
- err_bfd = ibfd;
- err_tag = in_list->tag;
- in_list = in_list->next;
- }
- else /* The tags are equal. */
- {
- /* As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
- therefore can't be merged meaningfully. */
- err_bfd = obfd;
- err_tag = out_list->tag;
-
- /* Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs. */
- if (in_list->attr.i != out_list->attr.i
- || in_list->attr.s != out_list->attr.s
- || (in_list->attr.s && out_list->attr.s
- && strcmp (in_list->attr.s, out_list->attr.s) != 0))
- {
- /* No match. Delete the attribute. */
- *out_listp = out_list->next;
- out_list = *out_listp;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next. */
- out_list = out_list->next;
- in_list = in_list->next;
- }
- }
+ result &= _bfd_elf_merge_unknown_attribute_list (ibfd, obfd);
- if (err_bfd)
- {
- /* Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
- if ((err_tag & 127) < 64)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("%B: Unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, err_tag);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- result = FALSE;
- }
- else
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B: Unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, err_tag);
- }
- }
- }
return result;
}
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
object file when linking. */
-static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
-{
- flagword out_flags;
- flagword in_flags;
- bfd_boolean flags_compatible = TRUE;
- asection *sec;
-
- /* Check if we have the same endianess. */
- if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! is_arm_elf (ibfd) || ! is_arm_elf (obfd))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (!elf32_arm_merge_eabi_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* The input BFD must have had its flags initialised. */
- /* The following seems bogus to me -- The flags are initialized in
- the assembler but I don't think an elf_flags_init field is
- written into the object. */
- /* BFD_ASSERT (elf_flags_init (ibfd)); */
-
- in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
- out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
-
- /* In theory there is no reason why we couldn't handle this. However
- in practice it isn't even close to working and there is no real
- reason to want it. */
- if (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) >= EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
- && !(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC)
- && (in_flags & EF_ARM_BE8))
- {
- _bfd_error_handler (_("error: %B is already in final BE8 format"),
- ibfd);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
- {
- /* If the input is the default architecture and had the default
- flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
- architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
- future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
- uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
- to the default values. */
- if (bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)->the_default
- && elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
- elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
-
- if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
- && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
- return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Determine what should happen if the input ARM architecture
- does not match the output ARM architecture. */
- if (! bfd_arm_merge_machines (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Identical flags must be compatible. */
- if (in_flags == out_flags)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If
- not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it
- cannot actually cause any incompatiblity. Do not short-circuit
- dynamic objects; their section list may be emptied by
- elf_link_add_object_symbols.
-
- Also check to see if there are no code sections in the input.
- In this case there is no need to check for code specific flags.
- XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatability
- in data sections ? */
- if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
- {
- bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
- bfd_boolean only_data_sections = TRUE;
-
- for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
- {
- /* Ignore synthetic glue sections. */
- if (strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7")
- && strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7t"))
- {
- if ((bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, sec)
- & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
- == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
- only_data_sections = FALSE;
-
- null_input_bfd = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (null_input_bfd || only_data_sections)
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Complain about various flag mismatches. */
- if (!elf32_arm_versions_compatible (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags),
- EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (out_flags)))
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: Source object %B has EABI version %d, but target %B has EABI version %d"),
- ibfd, obfd,
- (in_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
- (out_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Not sure what needs to be checked for EABI versions >= 1. */
- /* VxWorks libraries do not use these flags. */
- if (get_elf_backend_data (obfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
- && get_elf_backend_data (ibfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
- && EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) == EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
- {
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26))
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B is compiled for APCS-%d, whereas target %B uses APCS-%d"),
- ibfd, obfd,
- in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32,
- out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32);
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B passes floats in float registers, whereas %B passes them in integer registers"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B passes floats in integer registers, whereas %B passes them in float registers"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses VFP instructions, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses FPA instructions, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses Maverick instructions, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B does not use Maverick instructions, whereas %B does"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
-#ifdef EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT))
- {
- /* We can allow interworking between code that is VFP format
- layout, and uses either soft float or integer regs for
- passing floating point arguments and results. We already
- know that the APCS_FLOAT flags match; similarly for VFP
- flags. */
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != 0
- || (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) == 0)
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses software FP, whereas %B uses hardware FP"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses hardware FP, whereas %B uses software FP"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Interworking mismatch is only a warning. */
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B supports interworking, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- }
- else
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B does not support interworking, whereas %B does"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- }
- }
- }
-
- return flags_compatible;
-}
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd);
/* Display the flags field. */
return TRUE;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
int r_type;
+ bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_become_dynamic_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_need_local_target_p;
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
}
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ call_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ may_become_dynamic_p = FALSE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = FALSE;
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
r_type = arm_real_reloc_type (globals, r_type);
break;
case R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
- elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
+ globals->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
break;
- case R_ARM_ABS32:
- case R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
- case R_ARM_REL32:
- case R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
case R_ARM_PC24:
case R_ARM_PLT32:
case R_ARM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_ABS12:
+ if (!globals->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+ case R_ARM_ABS32:
+ case R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
+ case R_ARM_REL32:
+ case R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
/* Should the interworking branches be here also? */
-
- if (h != NULL)
+ if ((info->shared || globals->root.is_relocatable_executable)
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
-
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
-
- if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
- {
- h->plt.refcount -= 1;
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount--;
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
- || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount--;
- }
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_ABS32
- || r_type == R_ARM_REL32
- || r_type == R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
- || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
+ if (h == NULL
+ && (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI))
{
- for (pp = &eh->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL;
- pp = &p->next)
- if (p->section == sec)
- {
- p->count -= 1;
- if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_REL32
- || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
- p->pc_count -= 1;
- if (p->count == 0)
- *pp = p->next;
- break;
- }
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
}
+ else
+ may_become_dynamic_p = TRUE;
}
+ else
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
break;
default:
break;
}
+
+ if (may_need_local_target_p
+ && elf32_arm_get_plt_info (abfd, eh, r_symndx, &root_plt, &arm_plt))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (root_plt->refcount > 0);
+ root_plt->refcount -= 1;
+
+ if (!call_reloc_p)
+ arm_plt->noncall_refcount--;
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ arm_plt->maybe_thumb_refcount--;
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
+ arm_plt->thumb_refcount--;
+ }
+
+ if (may_become_dynamic_p)
+ {
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ pp = &(eh->dyn_relocs);
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+
+ isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&globals->sym_cache,
+ abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (isym == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ pp = elf32_arm_get_local_dynreloc_list (abfd, r_symndx, isym);
+ if (pp == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ for (; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
+ if (p->sec == sec)
+ {
+ /* Everything must go for SEC. */
+ *pp = p->next;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
return TRUE;
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
bfd *dynobj;
asection *sreloc;
- bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- bfd_boolean needs_plt;
+ bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_become_dynamic_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_need_local_target_p;
unsigned long nsyms;
if (info->relocatable)
BFD_ASSERT (is_arm_elf (abfd));
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
sreloc = NULL;
/* Create dynamic sections for relocatable executables so that we can
return FALSE;
}
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
+ if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
+ htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
+ if (!create_ifunc_sections (info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
{
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
unsigned long r_symndx;
/* PR 9934: It is possible to have relocations that do not
refer to symbols, thus it is also possible to have an
object file containing relocations but no symbol table. */
- && (r_symndx > 0 || nsyms > 0))
+ && (r_symndx > STN_UNDEF || nsyms > 0))
{
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"), abfd,
r_symndx);
return FALSE;
}
- if (nsyms == 0 || r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
- h = NULL;
- else
+ h = NULL;
+ isym = NULL;
+ if (nsyms > 0)
{
- h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
- while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ {
+ /* A local symbol. */
+ isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
+ abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (isym == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+ while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ }
}
eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ call_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ may_become_dynamic_p = FALSE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = FALSE;
+
+ /* Could be done earlier, if h were already available. */
+ r_type = elf32_arm_tls_transition (info, r_type, h);
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_GOT32:
case R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
{
int tls_type, old_tls_type;
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_TLS_GD32: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
+
case R_ARM_TLS_IE32: tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; break;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL: case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ: case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
+
default: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
}
}
else
{
- bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
-
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
- local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
- if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
- {
- bfd_size_type size;
-
- size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
- size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) + sizeof (char));
- local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
- if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
- elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
- = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
- }
- local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
+ if (!elf32_arm_allocate_local_sym_info (abfd))
+ return FALSE;
+ elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd)[r_symndx] += 1;
old_tls_type = elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
}
- /* We will already have issued an error message if there is a
- TLS / non-TLS mismatch, based on the symbol type. We don't
- support any linker relaxations. So just combine any TLS
- types needed. */
+ /* If a variable is accessed with both tls methods, two
+ slots may be created. */
+ if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
+ && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
+ tls_type |= old_tls_type;
+
+ /* We will already have issued an error message if there
+ is a TLS/non-TLS mismatch, based on the symbol
+ type. So just combine any TLS types needed. */
if (old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN && old_tls_type != GOT_NORMAL
&& tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
tls_type |= old_tls_type;
+ /* If the symbol is accessed in both IE and GDESC
+ method, we're able to relax. Turn off the GDESC flag,
+ without messing up with any other kind of tls types
+ that may be involved */
+ if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ tls_type &= ~GOT_TLS_GDESC;
+
if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
{
if (h != NULL)
case R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
case R_ARM_GOTPC:
- if (htab->sgot == NULL)
- {
- if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
- htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
- if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
- return FALSE;
- }
+ if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
+ && !create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
+ return FALSE;
break;
- case R_ARM_ABS12:
- /* VxWorks uses dynamic R_ARM_ABS12 relocations for
- ldr __GOTT_INDEX__ offsets. */
- if (!htab->vxworks_p)
- break;
- /* Fall through. */
-
case R_ARM_PC24:
case R_ARM_PLT32:
case R_ARM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
- needs_plt = 1;
- goto normal_reloc;
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_ABS12:
+ /* VxWorks uses dynamic R_ARM_ABS12 relocations for
+ ldr __GOTT_INDEX__ offsets. */
+ if (!htab->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
- needs_plt = 0;
- normal_reloc:
/* Should the interworking branches be listed here? */
- if (h != NULL)
- {
- /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
- need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this
- stage whether the section is read-only, as input
- sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
- Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
- adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
- if (!info->shared)
- h->non_got_ref = 1;
-
- /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
- refers to is in a different object. We can't tell for
- sure yet, because something later might force the
- symbol local. */
- if (needs_plt)
- h->needs_plt = 1;
-
- /* If we create a PLT entry, this relocation will reference
- it, even if it's an ABS32 relocation. */
- h->plt.refcount += 1;
-
- /* It's too early to use htab->use_blx here, so we have to
- record possible blx references separately from
- relocs that definitely need a thumb stub. */
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount += 1;
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
- || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount += 1;
- }
-
- /* If we are creating a shared library or relocatable executable,
- and this is a reloc against a global symbol, or a non PC
- relative reloc against a local symbol, then we need to copy
- the reloc into the shared library. However, if we are linking
- with -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
- global symbol which is defined in an object we are
- including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
- this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
- possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
- later (it is never cleared). We account for that
- possibility below by storing information in the
- relocs_copied field of the hash table entry. */
if ((info->shared || htab->root.is_relocatable_executable)
- && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- && ((r_type == R_ARM_ABS32 || r_type == R_ARM_ABS32_NOI)
- || (h != NULL && ! h->needs_plt
- && (! info->symbolic || ! h->def_regular))))
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p, **head;
-
- /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
- reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
- section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
- if (sreloc == NULL)
- {
- sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
- (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, ! htab->use_rel);
-
- if (sreloc == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* BPABI objects never have dynamic relocations mapped. */
- if (htab->symbian_p)
- {
- flagword flags;
-
- flags = bfd_get_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc);
- flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC);
- bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc, flags);
- }
- }
-
- /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
- relocations we need for this symbol. */
- if (h != NULL)
+ if (h == NULL
+ && (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI))
{
- head = &((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h)->relocs_copied;
+ /* In shared libraries and relocatable executables,
+ we treat local relative references as calls;
+ see the related SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL code in
+ allocate_dynrelocs. */
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
}
else
- {
- /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
- We really need local syms available to do this
- easily. Oh well. */
- asection *s;
- void *vpp;
- Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
-
- isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
- abfd, r_symndx);
- if (isym == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
- if (s == NULL)
- s = sec;
-
- vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
- head = (struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **) vpp;
- }
-
- p = *head;
- if (p == NULL || p->section != sec)
- {
- bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
-
- p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
- if (p == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- p->next = *head;
- *head = p;
- p->section = sec;
- p->count = 0;
- p->pc_count = 0;
- }
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
- p->pc_count += 1;
- p->count += 1;
+ /* We are creating a shared library or relocatable
+ executable, and this is a reloc against a global symbol,
+ or a non-PC-relative reloc against a local symbol.
+ We may need to copy the reloc into the output. */
+ may_become_dynamic_p = TRUE;
}
+ else
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
break;
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
return FALSE;
break;
}
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ if (call_reloc_p)
+ /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
+ refers to is in a different object, regardless of the
+ symbol's type. We can't tell for sure yet, because
+ something later might force the symbol local. */
+ h->needs_plt = 1;
+ else if (may_need_local_target_p)
+ /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
+ need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this
+ stage whether the section is read-only, as input
+ sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
+ Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
+ adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
+ h->non_got_ref = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (may_need_local_target_p
+ && (h != NULL || ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
+ {
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info *local_iplt;
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ root_plt = &h->plt;
+ arm_plt = &eh->plt;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_create_local_iplt (abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (local_iplt == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ root_plt = &local_iplt->root;
+ arm_plt = &local_iplt->arm;
+ }
+
+ /* If the symbol is a function that doesn't bind locally,
+ this relocation will need a PLT entry. */
+ root_plt->refcount += 1;
+
+ if (!call_reloc_p)
+ arm_plt->noncall_refcount++;
+
+ /* It's too early to use htab->use_blx here, so we have to
+ record possible blx references separately from
+ relocs that definitely need a thumb stub. */
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ arm_plt->maybe_thumb_refcount += 1;
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
+ arm_plt->thumb_refcount += 1;
+ }
+
+ if (may_become_dynamic_p)
+ {
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p, **head;
+
+ /* Create a reloc section in dynobj. */
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ {
+ sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
+ (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, ! htab->use_rel);
+
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* BPABI objects never have dynamic relocations mapped. */
+ if (htab->symbian_p)
+ {
+ flagword flags;
+
+ flags = bfd_get_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc);
+ flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC);
+ bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc, flags);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a global symbol, count the number of
+ relocations we need for this symbol. */
+ if (h != NULL)
+ head = &((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
+ else
+ {
+ head = elf32_arm_get_local_dynreloc_list (abfd, r_symndx, isym);
+ if (head == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ p = *head;
+ if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
+ {
+ bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
+
+ p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
+ if (p == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ p->next = *head;
+ *head = p;
+ p->sec = sec;
+ p->count = 0;
+ p->pc_count = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
+ p->pc_count += 1;
+ p->count += 1;
+ }
}
return TRUE;
Elf_Internal_Shdr **elf_shdrp;
bfd_boolean again;
+ _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
+
/* Marking EH data may cause additional code sections to be marked,
requiring multiple passes. */
again = TRUE;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
&& (h->needs_plt
+ || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|| (h->def_dynamic
&& h->ref_regular
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
when we know the address of the .got section. */
- if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_ARM_TFUNC
- || h->needs_plt)
+ if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || h->needs_plt)
{
+ /* Calls to STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols always use a PLT, even if the
+ symbol binds locally. */
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
- || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
- || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
- && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
+ || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
+ && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
{
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
linkage table, and we can just do a PC24 reloc instead. */
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
h->needs_plt = 0;
}
and non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in
the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
}
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
asection *srel;
srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (globals, ".bss"));
- BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
- srel->size += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, srel, 1);
h->needs_copy = 1;
}
dynamic relocs. */
static bfd_boolean
-allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
+allocate_dynrelocs_for_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
{
struct bfd_link_info *info;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
- bfd_signed_vma thumb_refs;
-
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
return TRUE;
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
- entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
- symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ if ((htab->root.dynamic_sections_created || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
&& h->plt.refcount > 0)
{
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
return FALSE;
}
+ /* If the call in the PLT entry binds locally, the associated
+ GOT entry should use an R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation instead of
+ the usual R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT. Put it in the .iplt section rather
+ than the .plt section. */
+ if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
+ {
+ eh->is_iplt = 1;
+ if (eh->plt.noncall_refcount == 0
+ && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ /* All non-call references can be resolved directly.
+ This means that they can (and in some cases, must)
+ resolve directly to the run-time target, rather than
+ to the PLT. That in turns means that any .got entry
+ would be equal to the .igot.plt entry, so there's
+ no point having both. */
+ h->got.refcount = 0;
+ }
+
if (info->shared
+ || eh->is_iplt
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
{
- asection *s = htab->splt;
-
- /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
- first entry. */
- if (s->size == 0)
- s->size += htab->plt_header_size;
-
- h->plt.offset = s->size;
-
- /* If we will insert a Thumb trampoline before this PLT, leave room
- for it. */
- thumb_refs = eh->plt_thumb_refcount;
- if (!htab->use_blx)
- thumb_refs += eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
-
- if (thumb_refs > 0)
- {
- h->plt.offset += PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
- s->size += PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
- }
+ elf32_arm_allocate_plt_entry (info, eh->is_iplt, &h->plt, &eh->plt);
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
if (! info->shared
&& !h->def_regular)
{
- h->root.u.def.section = s;
+ h->root.u.def.section = htab->root.splt;
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the function is not marked as Thumb, in case
- it is the target of an ABS32 relocation, which will
- point to the PLT entry. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- h->type = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (h->type), STT_FUNC);
-
- /* Make room for this entry. */
- s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
- if (!htab->symbian_p)
- {
- /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
- will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
- eh->plt_got_offset = htab->sgotplt->size;
- htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
+ /* Make sure the function is not marked as Thumb, in case
+ it is the target of an ABS32 relocation, which will
+ point to the PLT entry. */
+ h->target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
}
- /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel(a).plt section. */
- htab->srelplt->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ htab->next_tls_desc_index++;
/* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations for
each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation section,
/* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
an R_ARM_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_header_size)
- htab->srelplt2->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->srelplt2, 1);
/* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
PLT entry: an R_ARM_32 relocation for the GOT entry,
and an R_ARM_32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
- htab->srelplt2->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * 2;
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->srelplt2, 2);
}
}
else
h->needs_plt = 0;
}
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
+
if (h->got.refcount > 0)
{
asection *s;
if (!htab->symbian_p)
{
- s = htab->sgot;
+ s = htab->root.sgot;
h->got.offset = s->size;
if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
s->size += 4;
else
{
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ /* R_ARM_TLS_DESC needs 2 GOT slots. */
+ eh->tlsdesc_got
+ = (htab->root.sgotplt->size
+ - elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size (htab));
+ htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
+ h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
+ /* plt.got_offset needs to know there's a TLS_DESC
+ reloc in the middle of .got.plt. */
+ htab->num_tls_desc++;
+ }
+
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
- /* R_ARM_TLS_GD32 needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
- s->size += 8;
+ {
+ /* R_ARM_TLS_GD32 needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. If
+ the symbol is both GD and GDESC, got.offset may
+ have been overwritten. */
+ h->got.offset = s->size;
+ s->size += 8;
+ }
+
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
/* R_ARM_TLS_IE32 needs one GOT slot. */
s->size += 4;
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
{
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
+
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelplt, 1);
+ /* GDESC needs a trampoline to jump to. */
+ htab->tls_trampoline = -1;
+ }
- if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && indx != 0)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ /* Only GD needs it. GDESC just emits one relocation per
+ 2 entries. */
+ if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && indx != 0)
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
+ }
+ else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ {
+ if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ /* Reserve room for the GOT entry's R_ARM_GLOB_DAT relocation. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
}
- else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
- || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
- && (info->shared
- || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && eh->plt.noncall_refcount == 0)
+ /* No non-call references resolve the STT_GNU_IFUNC's PLT entry;
+ they all resolve dynamically instead. Reserve room for the
+ GOT entry's R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
+ else if (info->shared)
+ /* Reserve room for the GOT entry's R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
}
}
else
/* Allocate stubs for exported Thumb functions on v4t. */
if (!htab->use_blx && h->dynindx != -1
&& h->def_regular
- && ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC
+ && h->target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
{
struct elf_link_hash_entry * th;
NULL, TRUE, FALSE, &bh);
myh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
- myh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_ARM_TFUNC);
+ myh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
myh->forced_local = 1;
+ myh->target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
eh->export_glue = myh;
th = record_arm_to_thumb_glue (info, h);
/* Point the symbol at the stub. */
h->type = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (h->type), STT_FUNC);
+ h->target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
h->root.u.def.section = th->root.u.def.section;
h->root.u.def.value = th->root.u.def.value & ~1;
}
- if (eh->relocs_copied == NULL)
+ if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
return TRUE;
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
- for (pp = &eh->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
+ for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
{
p->count -= p->pc_count;
p->pc_count = 0;
}
}
- if (elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p)
+ if (htab->vxworks_p)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
- for (pp = &eh->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
+ for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
{
- if (strcmp (p->section->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
+ if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
*pp = p->next;
else
pp = &p->next;
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
visibility. */
- if (eh->relocs_copied != NULL
+ if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
{
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
- eh->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
symbol in PIEs. */
goto keep;
}
- eh->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
keep: ;
}
/* Finally, allocate space. */
- for (p = eh->relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
- asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->section)->sreloc;
- sreloc->size += p->count * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
+ if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && eh->plt.noncall_refcount == 0
+ && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, sreloc, p->count);
+ else
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, sreloc, p->count);
}
return TRUE;
elf32_arm_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry * h, void * inf)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry * eh;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied * p;
-
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs * p;
eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
- for (p = eh->relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
- asection *s = p->section;
+ asection *s = p->sec;
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
+
globals->byteswap_code = byteswap_code;
}
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
check_use_blx (htab);
{
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **local_iplt_ptr, *local_iplt;
char *local_tls_type;
+ bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
asection *srel;
- bfd_boolean is_vxworks = elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p;
+ bfd_boolean is_vxworks = htab->vxworks_p;
+ unsigned int symndx;
if (! is_arm_elf (ibfd))
continue;
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
- for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
+ elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
- if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->section)
- && bfd_is_abs_section (p->section->output_section))
+ if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
+ && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
{
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
the relocs too. */
}
else if (is_vxworks
- && strcmp (p->section->output_section->name,
+ && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
".tls_vars") == 0)
{
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
}
else if (p->count != 0)
{
- srel = elf_section_data (p->section)->sreloc;
- srel->size += p->count * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- if ((p->section->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+ srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, srel, p->count);
+ if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
}
}
symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
+ local_iplt_ptr = elf32_arm_local_iplt (ibfd);
local_tls_type = elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
- s = htab->sgot;
- srel = htab->srelgot;
- for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++local_tls_type)
+ local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
+ symndx = 0;
+ s = htab->root.sgot;
+ srel = htab->root.srelgot;
+ for (; local_got < end_local_got;
+ ++local_got, ++local_iplt_ptr, ++local_tls_type,
+ ++local_tlsdesc_gotent, ++symndx)
{
+ *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ local_iplt = *local_iplt_ptr;
+ if (local_iplt != NULL)
+ {
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
+
+ if (local_iplt->root.refcount > 0)
+ {
+ elf32_arm_allocate_plt_entry (info, TRUE,
+ &local_iplt->root,
+ &local_iplt->arm);
+ if (local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0)
+ /* All references to the PLT are calls, so all
+ non-call references can resolve directly to the
+ run-time target. This means that the .got entry
+ would be the same as the .igot.plt entry, so there's
+ no point creating both. */
+ *local_got = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0);
+ local_iplt->root.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ }
+
+ for (p = local_iplt->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ asection *psrel;
+
+ psrel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
+ if (local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0)
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, psrel, p->count);
+ else
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, psrel, p->count);
+ }
+ }
if (*local_got > 0)
{
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+
*local_got = s->size;
if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
/* TLS_GD relocs need an 8-byte structure in the GOT. */
s->size += 8;
+ if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->root.sgotplt->size
+ - elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
+ htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
+ *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
+ /* plt.got_offset needs to know there's a TLS_DESC
+ reloc in the middle of .got.plt. */
+ htab->num_tls_desc++;
+ }
if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
s->size += 4;
- if (*local_tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
- s->size += 4;
- if (info->shared || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
- srel->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (*local_tls_type & GOT_NORMAL)
+ {
+ /* If the symbol is both GD and GDESC, *local_got
+ may have been overwritten. */
+ *local_got = s->size;
+ s->size += 4;
+ }
+
+ isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ibfd, symndx);
+ if (isym == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* If all references to an STT_GNU_IFUNC PLT are calls,
+ then all non-call references, including this GOT entry,
+ resolve directly to the run-time target. */
+ if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && (local_iplt == NULL
+ || local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0))
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, srel, 1);
+ else if ((info->shared && !(*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ || *local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, srel, 1);
+
+ if (info->shared && *local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelplt, 1);
+ htab->tls_trampoline = -1;
+ }
}
else
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
{
/* Allocate two GOT entries and one dynamic relocation (if necessary)
for R_ARM_TLS_LDM32 relocations. */
- htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
- htab->sgot->size += 8;
+ htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
+ htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
if (info->shared)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
}
else
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
sym dynamic relocs. */
- elf_link_hash_traverse (& htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (& htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs_for_symbol, info);
/* Here we rummage through the found bfds to collect glue information. */
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
ibfd->filename);
}
- /* Allocate space for the glue sections now that we've sized them. */
- bfd_elf32_arm_allocate_interworking_sections (info);
-
+ /* Allocate space for the glue sections now that we've sized them. */
+ bfd_elf32_arm_allocate_interworking_sections (info);
+
+ /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
+ incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
+ it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
+ for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
+ slot size. */
+ if (htab->root.srelplt)
+ htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size(htab);
+
+ if (htab->tls_trampoline)
+ {
+ if (htab->root.splt->size == 0)
+ htab->root.splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
+
+ htab->tls_trampoline = htab->root.splt->size;
+ htab->root.splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
+
+ /* If we're not using lazy TLS relocations, don't generate the
+ PLT and GOT entries they require. */
+ if (!(info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW))
+ {
+ htab->dt_tlsdesc_got = htab->root.sgot->size;
+ htab->root.sgot->size += 4;
+
+ htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt = htab->root.splt->size;
+ htab->root.splt->size += 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline);
+ }
+ }
+
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
memory for them. */
of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
- if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
+ if (s == htab->root.splt)
{
/* Remember whether there is a PLT. */
plt = s->size != 0;
{
/* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
than .rel(a).plt and .rela.plt.unloaded. */
- if (s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
+ if (s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
relocs = TRUE;
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
s->reloc_count = 0;
}
}
- else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
- && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
+ else if (s != htab->root.sgot
+ && s != htab->root.sgotplt
+ && s != htab->root.iplt
+ && s != htab->root.igotplt
+ && s != htab->sdynbss)
{
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
continue;
continue;
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
- s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
+ s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
if (s->contents == NULL)
return FALSE;
}
htab->use_rel ? DT_REL : DT_RELA)
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
return FALSE;
+
+ if (htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt &&
+ (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_PLT,0)
+ || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_GOT,0)))
+ return FALSE;
}
if (relocs)
return TRUE;
}
+/* Size sections even though they're not dynamic. We use it to setup
+ _TLS_MODULE_BASE_, if needed. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ asection *tls_sec;
+
+ if (info->relocatable)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
+
+ if (tls_sec)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
+
+ tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup
+ (elf_hash_table (info), "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", TRUE, TRUE, FALSE);
+
+ if (tlsbase)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed
+ = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+
+ if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+ (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
+ tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
+ bed->collect, &bh)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ tlsbase->type = STT_TLS;
+ tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
+ tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
+ tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
+ (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
dynamic sections here. */
struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,
Elf_Internal_Sym * sym)
{
- bfd * dynobj;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- asection * splt;
- asection * srel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- bfd_vma plt_index;
- Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
-
- /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
- it up. */
-
- BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
-
- splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
- srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
- BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && srel != NULL);
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
- if (htab->symbian_p)
+ if (!eh->is_iplt)
{
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[0],
- splt->contents + h->plt.offset);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[1],
- splt->contents + h->plt.offset + 4);
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */
- rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset + 4);
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
-
- /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
- corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
- in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
- first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
- plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
- / htab->plt_entry_size);
- }
- else
- {
- bfd_vma got_offset, got_address, plt_address;
- bfd_vma got_displacement;
- asection * sgot;
- bfd_byte * ptr;
-
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
-
- /* Get the offset into the .got.plt table of the entry that
- corresponds to this function. */
- got_offset = eh->plt_got_offset;
-
- /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
- corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
- in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
- first three entries in .got.plt are reserved; after that
- symbols appear in the same order as in .plt. */
- plt_index = (got_offset - 12) / 4;
-
- /* Calculate the address of the GOT entry. */
- got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
- + sgot->output_offset
- + got_offset);
-
- /* ...and the address of the PLT entry. */
- plt_address = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
-
- ptr = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
- if (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared)
- {
- unsigned int i;
- bfd_vma val;
-
- for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
- {
- val = elf32_arm_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[i];
- if (i == 2)
- val |= got_address - sgot->output_section->vma;
- if (i == 5)
- val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- if (i == 2 || i == 5)
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
- else
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
- }
- }
- else if (htab->vxworks_p)
- {
- unsigned int i;
- bfd_vma val;
-
- for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
- {
- val = elf32_arm_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[i];
- if (i == 2)
- val |= got_address;
- if (i == 4)
- val |= 0xffffff & -((h->plt.offset + i * 4 + 8) >> 2);
- if (i == 5)
- val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- if (i == 2 || i == 5)
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
- else
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
- }
-
- loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
- + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * RELOC_SIZE (htab));
-
- /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded R_ARM_ABS32 relocation
- referencing the GOT for this PLT entry. */
- rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
- rel.r_addend = got_offset;
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
-
- /* Create the R_ARM_ABS32 relocation referencing the
- beginning of the PLT for this GOT entry. */
- rel.r_offset = got_address;
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
- rel.r_addend = 0;
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
- }
- else
- {
- bfd_signed_vma thumb_refs;
- /* Calculate the displacement between the PLT slot and the
- entry in the GOT. The eight-byte offset accounts for the
- value produced by adding to pc in the first instruction
- of the PLT stub. */
- got_displacement = got_address - (plt_address + 8);
-
- BFD_ASSERT ((got_displacement & 0xf0000000) == 0);
-
- thumb_refs = eh->plt_thumb_refcount;
- if (!htab->use_blx)
- thumb_refs += eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
-
- if (thumb_refs > 0)
- {
- put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[0], ptr - 4);
- put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[1], ptr - 2);
- }
-
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_entry[0]
- | ((got_displacement & 0x0ff00000) >> 20),
- ptr + 0);
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_entry[1]
- | ((got_displacement & 0x000ff000) >> 12),
- ptr+ 4);
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_entry[2]
- | (got_displacement & 0x00000fff),
- ptr + 8);
-#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf32_arm_plt_entry[3], ptr + 12);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
- (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset),
- sgot->contents + got_offset);
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the .rel(a).plt section. */
- rel.r_addend = 0;
- rel.r_offset = got_address;
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ elf32_arm_populate_plt_entry (output_bfd, info, &h->plt, &eh->plt,
+ h->dynindx, 0);
}
- loc = srel->contents + plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
-
if (!h->def_regular)
{
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
sym->st_value = 0;
}
- }
-
- if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
- && (elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == 0
- && (elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
- {
- asection * sgot;
- asection * srel;
- Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- bfd_vma offset;
-
- /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
- up. */
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
- srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".got"));
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
-
- offset = (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1);
- rel.r_addend = 0;
- rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
- + sgot->output_offset
- + offset);
-
- /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
- symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
- of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
- The entry in the global offset table will already have been
- initialized in the relocate_section function. */
- if (info->shared
- && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
- {
- BFD_ASSERT ((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
- if (!htab->use_rel)
- {
- rel.r_addend = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, sgot->contents + offset);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + offset);
- }
- }
- else
+ else if (eh->is_iplt && eh->plt.noncall_refcount != 0)
{
- BFD_ASSERT ((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + offset);
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+ /* At least one non-call relocation references this .iplt entry,
+ so the .iplt entry is the function's canonical address. */
+ sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info), STT_FUNC);
+ sym->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ sym->st_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (output_bfd, htab->root.iplt->output_section));
+ sym->st_value = (h->plt.offset
+ + htab->root.iplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->root.iplt->output_offset);
}
-
- loc = srel->contents + srel->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
}
if (h->needs_copy)
{
asection * s;
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".bss"));
+ s = htab->srelbss;
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
rel.r_addend = 0;
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_COPY);
- loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, s, &rel);
}
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
return TRUE;
}
+static void
+arm_put_trampoline (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab, bfd *output_bfd,
+ void *contents,
+ const unsigned long *template, unsigned count)
+{
+ unsigned ix;
+
+ for (ix = 0; ix != count; ix++)
+ {
+ unsigned long insn = template[ix];
+
+ /* Emit mov pc,rx if bx is not permitted. */
+ if (htab->fix_v4bx == 1 && (insn & 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10)
+ insn = (insn & 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, insn, (char *)contents + ix*4);
+ }
+}
+
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
static bfd_boolean
bfd * dynobj;
asection * sgot;
asection * sdyn;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
- BFD_ASSERT (elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->symbian_p || sgot != NULL);
+ sgot = htab->root.sgotplt;
+ /* A broken linker script might have discarded the dynamic sections.
+ Catch this here so that we do not seg-fault later on. */
+ if (sgot != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
+ return FALSE;
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
{
asection *splt;
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+ splt = htab->root.splt;
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->symbian_p || sgot != NULL);
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
break;
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
+ s = htab->root.srelplt;
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
the linker script arranges for .rel(a).plt to follow all
other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
about changing the DT_REL entry. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
+ s = htab->root.srelplt;
if (s != NULL)
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
}
break;
+ case DT_TLSDESC_PLT:
+ s = htab->root.splt;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
+ + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_TLSDESC_GOT:
+ s = htab->root.sgot;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
+ + htab->dt_tlsdesc_got);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+ break;
+
/* Set the bottom bit of DT_INIT/FINI if the
corresponding function is Thumb. */
case DT_INIT:
eh = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
- if (eh != NULL
- && ELF_ST_TYPE (eh->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (eh != NULL && eh->target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
}
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
- if (splt->size > 0 && elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->plt_header_size)
+ if (splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_header_size)
{
const bfd_vma *plt0_entry;
bfd_vma got_address, plt_address, got_displacement;
if (splt->output_section->owner == output_bfd)
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
- if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared && htab->splt->size > 0)
+ if (htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt)
+ {
+ bfd_vma got_address
+ = sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset;
+ bfd_vma gotplt_address = (htab->root.sgot->output_section->vma
+ + htab->root.sgot->output_offset);
+ bfd_vma plt_address
+ = splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset;
+
+ arm_put_trampoline (htab, output_bfd,
+ splt->contents + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt,
+ dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline, 6);
+
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ gotplt_address + htab->dt_tlsdesc_got
+ - (plt_address + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt)
+ - dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline[6],
+ splt->contents + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt + 24);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ got_address - (plt_address + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt)
+ - dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline[7],
+ splt->contents + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt + 24 + 4);
+ }
+
+ if (htab->tls_trampoline)
+ {
+ arm_put_trampoline (htab, output_bfd,
+ splt->contents + htab->tls_trampoline,
+ tls_trampoline, 3);
+#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x00000000,
+ splt->contents + htab->tls_trampoline + 12);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
{
/* Correct the .rel(a).plt.unloaded relocations. They will have
incorrect symbol indexes. */
int num_plts;
unsigned char *p;
- num_plts = ((htab->splt->size - htab->plt_header_size)
+ num_plts = ((htab->root.splt->size - htab->plt_header_size)
/ htab->plt_entry_size);
p = htab->srelplt2->contents + RELOC_SIZE (htab);
if (link_info)
{
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
- if (globals->byteswap_code)
+ if (globals != NULL && globals->byteswap_code)
i_ehdrp->e_flags |= EF_ARM_BE8;
}
}
return TRUE;
}
-/* A structure used to record a list of sections, independently
- of the next and prev fields in the asection structure. */
-typedef struct section_list
-{
- asection * sec;
- struct section_list * next;
- struct section_list * prev;
-}
-section_list;
-
-/* Unfortunately we need to keep a list of sections for which
- an _arm_elf_section_data structure has been allocated. This
- is because it is possible for functions like elf32_arm_write_section
- to be called on a section which has had an elf_data_structure
- allocated for it (and so the used_by_bfd field is valid) but
- for which the ARM extended version of this structure - the
- _arm_elf_section_data structure - has not been allocated. */
-static section_list * sections_with_arm_elf_section_data = NULL;
-
-static void
-record_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (asection * sec)
-{
- struct section_list * entry;
-
- entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
- if (entry == NULL)
- return;
- entry->sec = sec;
- entry->next = sections_with_arm_elf_section_data;
- entry->prev = NULL;
- if (entry->next != NULL)
- entry->next->prev = entry;
- sections_with_arm_elf_section_data = entry;
-}
-
-static struct section_list *
-find_arm_elf_section_entry (asection * sec)
-{
- struct section_list * entry;
- static struct section_list * last_entry = NULL;
-
- /* This is a short cut for the typical case where the sections are added
- to the sections_with_arm_elf_section_data list in forward order and
- then looked up here in backwards order. This makes a real difference
- to the ld-srec/sec64k.exp linker test. */
- entry = sections_with_arm_elf_section_data;
- if (last_entry != NULL)
- {
- if (last_entry->sec == sec)
- entry = last_entry;
- else if (last_entry->next != NULL
- && last_entry->next->sec == sec)
- entry = last_entry->next;
- }
-
- for (; entry; entry = entry->next)
- if (entry->sec == sec)
- break;
-
- if (entry)
- /* Record the entry prior to this one - it is the entry we are most
- likely to want to locate next time. Also this way if we have been
- called from unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data() we will not
- be caching a pointer that is about to be freed. */
- last_entry = entry->prev;
-
- return entry;
-}
-
static _arm_elf_section_data *
get_arm_elf_section_data (asection * sec)
{
- struct section_list * entry;
-
- entry = find_arm_elf_section_entry (sec);
-
- if (entry)
- return elf32_arm_section_data (entry->sec);
+ if (sec && sec->owner && is_arm_elf (sec->owner))
+ return elf32_arm_section_data (sec);
else
return NULL;
}
-static void
-unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (asection * sec)
-{
- struct section_list * entry;
-
- entry = find_arm_elf_section_entry (sec);
-
- if (entry)
- {
- if (entry->prev != NULL)
- entry->prev->next = entry->next;
- if (entry->next != NULL)
- entry->next->prev = entry->prev;
- if (entry == sections_with_arm_elf_section_data)
- sections_with_arm_elf_section_data = entry->next;
- free (entry);
- }
-}
-
-
typedef struct
{
void *finfo;
bfd_vma offset)
{
static const char *names[3] = {"$a", "$t", "$d"};
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
sym.st_value = osi->sec->output_section->vma
+ osi->sec->output_offset
+ offset;
sym.st_other = 0;
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_NOTYPE);
sym.st_shndx = osi->sec_shndx;
+ sym.st_target_internal = 0;
+ elf32_arm_section_map_add (osi->sec, names[type][1], offset);
return osi->func (osi->finfo, names[type], &sym, osi->sec, NULL) == 1;
}
-
-/* Output mapping symbols for PLT entries associated with H. */
+/* Output mapping symbols for the PLT entry described by ROOT_PLT and ARM_PLT.
+ IS_IPLT_ENTRY_P says whether the PLT is in .iplt rather than .plt. */
static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_output_plt_map (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
+elf32_arm_output_plt_map_1 (output_arch_syminfo *osi,
+ bfd_boolean is_iplt_entry_p,
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt)
{
- output_arch_syminfo *osi = (output_arch_syminfo *) inf;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- bfd_vma addr;
-
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
+ bfd_vma addr, plt_header_size;
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ if (root_plt->offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
return TRUE;
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
- entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
- symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
- return TRUE;
+ if (is_iplt_entry_p)
+ {
+ osi->sec = htab->root.iplt;
+ plt_header_size = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ osi->sec = htab->root.splt;
+ plt_header_size = htab->plt_header_size;
+ }
+ osi->sec_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (osi->info->output_bfd, osi->sec->output_section));
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
- addr = h->plt.offset;
+ addr = root_plt->offset & -2;
if (htab->symbian_p)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, addr))
}
else
{
- bfd_signed_vma thumb_refs;
-
- thumb_refs = eh->plt_thumb_refcount;
- if (!htab->use_blx)
- thumb_refs += eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
+ bfd_boolean thumb_stub_p;
- if (thumb_refs > 0)
+ thumb_stub_p = elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (osi->info, arm_plt);
+ if (thumb_stub_p)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, ARM_MAP_THUMB, addr - 4))
return FALSE;
/* A three-word PLT with no Thumb thunk contains only Arm code,
so only need to output a mapping symbol for the first PLT entry and
entries with thumb thunks. */
- if (thumb_refs > 0 || addr == 20)
+ if (thumb_stub_p || addr == plt_header_size)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, addr))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
+/* Output mapping symbols for PLT entries associated with H. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_output_plt_map (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
+{
+ output_arch_syminfo *osi = (output_arch_syminfo *) inf;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
+
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
+ entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
+ symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ return elf32_arm_output_plt_map_1 (osi, SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (osi->info, h),
+ &h->plt, &eh->plt);
+}
+
/* Output a single local symbol for a generated stub. */
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_output_stub_sym (output_arch_syminfo *osi, const char *name,
bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma size)
{
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
sym.st_value = osi->sec->output_section->vma
+ osi->sec->output_offset
+ offset;
sym.st_other = 0;
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
sym.st_shndx = osi->sec_shndx;
+ sym.st_target_internal = 0;
return osi->func (osi->finfo, name, &sym, osi->sec, NULL) == 1;
}
void * in_arg)
{
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
- struct bfd_link_info *info;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
asection *stub_sec;
bfd_vma addr;
char *stub_name;
output_arch_syminfo *osi;
- const insn_sequence *template;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
enum stub_insn_type prev_type;
int size;
int i;
stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
osi = (output_arch_syminfo *) in_arg;
- info = osi->info;
-
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
stub_sec = stub_entry->stub_sec;
/* Ensure this stub is attached to the current section being
addr = (bfd_vma) stub_entry->stub_offset;
stub_name = stub_entry->output_name;
- template = stub_entry->stub_template;
- switch (template[0].type)
+ template_sequence = stub_entry->stub_template;
+ switch (template_sequence[0].type)
{
case ARM_TYPE:
if (!elf32_arm_output_stub_sym (osi, stub_name, addr, stub_entry->stub_size))
size = 0;
for (i = 0; i < stub_entry->stub_template_size; i++)
{
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case ARM_TYPE:
sym_type = ARM_MAP_ARM;
return FALSE;
}
- if (template[i].type != prev_type)
+ if (template_sequence[i].type != prev_type)
{
- prev_type = template[i].type;
+ prev_type = template_sequence[i].type;
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, sym_type, addr + size))
return FALSE;
}
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case ARM_TYPE:
case THUMB32_TYPE:
return TRUE;
}
-/* Output mapping symbols for linker generated sections. */
+/* Output mapping symbols for linker generated sections,
+ and for those data-only sections that do not have a
+ $d. */
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_output_arch_local_syms (bfd *output_bfd,
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
bfd_vma offset;
bfd_size_type size;
+ bfd *input_bfd;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
check_use_blx (htab);
osi.finfo = finfo;
osi.info = info;
osi.func = func;
+ /* Add a $d mapping symbol to data-only sections that
+ don't have any mapping symbol. This may result in (harmless) redundant
+ mapping symbols. */
+ for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds;
+ input_bfd != NULL;
+ input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
+ {
+ if ((input_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | HAS_SYMS)) == HAS_SYMS)
+ for (osi.sec = input_bfd->sections;
+ osi.sec != NULL;
+ osi.sec = osi.sec->next)
+ {
+ if (osi.sec->output_section != NULL
+ && ((osi.sec->output_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
+ != 0)
+ && (osi.sec->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
+ == SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+ && get_arm_elf_section_data (osi.sec) != NULL
+ && get_arm_elf_section_data (osi.sec)->mapcount == 0
+ && osi.sec->size > 0)
+ {
+ osi.sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (output_bfd, osi.sec->output_section);
+ if (osi.sec_shndx != (int)SHN_BAD)
+ elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
/* ARM->Thumb glue. */
if (htab->arm_glue_size > 0)
{
}
/* Finally, output mapping symbols for the PLT. */
- if (!htab->splt || htab->splt->size == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- osi.sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd,
- htab->splt->output_section);
- osi.sec = htab->splt;
- /* Output mapping symbols for the plt header. SymbianOS does not have a
- plt header. */
- if (htab->vxworks_p)
+ if (htab->root.splt && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
{
- /* VxWorks shared libraries have no PLT header. */
- if (!info->shared)
+ osi.sec = htab->root.splt;
+ osi.sec_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (output_bfd, osi.sec->output_section));
+
+ /* Output mapping symbols for the plt header. SymbianOS does not have a
+ plt header. */
+ if (htab->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ /* VxWorks shared libraries have no PLT header. */
+ if (!info->shared)
+ {
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 12))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!htab->symbian_p)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, 0))
return FALSE;
- if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 12))
+#ifndef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 16))
return FALSE;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ if ((htab->root.splt && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
+ || (htab->root.iplt && htab->root.iplt->size > 0))
+ {
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, elf32_arm_output_plt_map, &osi);
+ for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds;
+ input_bfd != NULL;
+ input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
+ {
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **local_iplt;
+ unsigned int i, num_syms;
+
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_local_iplt (input_bfd);
+ if (local_iplt != NULL)
+ {
+ num_syms = elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd).sh_info;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_syms; i++)
+ if (local_iplt[i] != NULL
+ && !elf32_arm_output_plt_map_1 (&osi, TRUE,
+ &local_iplt[i]->root,
+ &local_iplt[i]->arm))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
}
}
- else if (!htab->symbian_p)
+ if (htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt != 0)
{
- if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, 0))
+ /* Mapping symbols for the lazy tls trampoline. */
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt))
return FALSE;
-#ifndef FOUR_WORD_PLT
- if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 16))
+
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA,
+ htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt + 24))
return FALSE;
-#endif
}
-
- elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, elf32_arm_output_plt_map, (void *) &osi);
+ if (htab->tls_trampoline != 0)
+ {
+ /* Mapping symbols for the tls trampoline. */
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, htab->tls_trampoline))
+ return FALSE;
+#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA,
+ htab->tls_trampoline + 12))
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
+ }
+
return TRUE;
}
_arm_elf_section_data *sdata;
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
- sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+ sdata = (_arm_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
if (sdata == NULL)
return FALSE;
sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
}
- record_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
-
return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
}
bfd_vma veneered_insn_loc, veneer_entry_loc;
bfd_signed_vma branch_offset;
bfd *abfd;
- unsigned int index;
+ unsigned int target;
stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
data = (struct a8_branch_to_stub_data *) in_arg;
if (stub_entry->target_section != data->writing_section
- || stub_entry->stub_type < arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond)
+ || stub_entry->stub_type < arm_stub_a8_veneer_lwm)
return TRUE;
contents = data->contents;
branch_offset = veneer_entry_loc - veneered_insn_loc - 4;
abfd = stub_entry->target_section->owner;
- index = stub_entry->target_value;
+ target = stub_entry->target_value;
/* We attempt to avoid this condition by setting stubs_always_after_branch
in elf32_arm_size_stubs if we've enabled the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
return FALSE;
}
- bfd_put_16 (abfd, (branch_insn >> 16) & 0xffff, &contents[index]);
- bfd_put_16 (abfd, branch_insn & 0xffff, &contents[index + 2]);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (branch_insn >> 16) & 0xffff, &contents[target]);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, branch_insn & 0xffff, &contents[target + 2]);
return TRUE;
}
bfd_byte tmp;
unsigned int i;
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
/* If this section has not been allocated an _arm_elf_section_data
structure then we cannot record anything. */
arm_data = get_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
for (errnode = arm_data->erratumlist; errnode != 0;
errnode = errnode->next)
{
- bfd_vma index = errnode->vma - offset;
+ bfd_vma target = errnode->vma - offset;
switch (errnode->type)
{
| 0x0a000000;
/* The instruction is before the label. */
- index -= 4;
+ target -= 4;
/* Above offset included in -4 below. */
branch_to_veneer = errnode->u.b.veneer->vma
"range"), output_bfd);
insn |= (branch_to_veneer >> 2) & 0xffffff;
- contents[endianflip ^ index] = insn & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ target] = insn & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
}
break;
/* Original instruction. */
insn = errnode->u.v.branch->u.b.vfp_insn;
- contents[endianflip ^ index] = insn & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ target] = insn & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
/* Branch back to insn after original insn. */
insn = 0xea000000 | ((branch_from_veneer >> 2) & 0xffffff);
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 4)] = insn & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 5)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 6)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 7)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 4)] = insn & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 5)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 6)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 7)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
}
break;
size (before we merged duplicate entries and inserted EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
markers) was sec->rawsize. (This isn't the case if we perform no
edits, then rawsize will be zero and we should use size). */
- bfd_byte *edited_contents = bfd_malloc (sec->size);
+ bfd_byte *edited_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->size);
unsigned int input_size = sec->rawsize ? sec->rawsize : sec->size;
unsigned int in_index, out_index;
bfd_vma add_to_offsets = 0;
}
free (map);
- arm_data->mapcount = 0;
+ arm_data->mapcount = -1;
arm_data->mapsize = 0;
arm_data->map = NULL;
- unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
return FALSE;
}
-static void
-unrecord_section_via_map_over_sections (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asection * sec,
- void * ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_close_and_cleanup (bfd * abfd)
-{
- if (abfd->sections)
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd,
- unrecord_section_via_map_over_sections,
- NULL);
-
- return _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_bfd_free_cached_info (bfd * abfd)
-{
- if (abfd->sections)
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd,
- unrecord_section_via_map_over_sections,
- NULL);
-
- return _bfd_free_cached_info (abfd);
-}
-
-/* Display STT_ARM_TFUNC symbols as functions. */
-
-static void
-elf32_arm_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asymbol *asym)
-{
- elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
-
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- elfsym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
-}
-
-
/* Mangle thumb function symbols as we read them in. */
static bfd_boolean
return FALSE;
/* New EABI objects mark thumb function symbols by setting the low bit of
- the address. Turn these into STT_ARM_TFUNC. */
- if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_FUNC)
- && (dst->st_value & 1))
+ the address. */
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_FUNC
+ || ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ {
+ if (dst->st_value & 1)
+ {
+ dst->st_value &= ~(bfd_vma) 1;
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
+ }
+ else
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
{
- dst->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (dst->st_info), STT_ARM_TFUNC);
- dst->st_value &= ~(bfd_vma) 1;
+ dst->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (dst->st_info), STT_FUNC);
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
}
+ else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_LONG;
+ else
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_UNKNOWN;
+
return TRUE;
}
of the address set, as per the new EABI. We do this unconditionally
because objcopy does not set the elf header flags until after
it writes out the symbol table. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (src->st_info) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (src->st_target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
newsym = *src;
- newsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (src->st_info), STT_FUNC);
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (src->st_info) != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ newsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (src->st_info), STT_FUNC);
if (newsym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
{
/* Do this only for defined symbols. At link type, the static
m = m->next;
if (!m)
{
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *)
+ bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
if (m == NULL)
return FALSE;
m->p_type = PT_ARM_EXIDX;
return 0;
}
-/* We have two function types: STT_FUNC and STT_ARM_TFUNC. */
+/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
+ file. */
static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
-{
- return (type == STT_FUNC) || (type == STT_ARM_TFUNC);
+elf32_arm_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
+ flagword *flagsp, asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
+{
+ if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
+ && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE))
+ elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = TRUE;
+
+ if (elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p
+ && !elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep,
+ flagsp, secp, valp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
}
/* We use this to override swap_symbol_in and swap_symbol_out. */
};
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_arm
+#define ELF_TARGET_ID ARM_ELF_DATA
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_ARM
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
#define bfd_elf32_find_inliner_info elf32_arm_find_inliner_info
#define bfd_elf32_new_section_hook elf32_arm_new_section_hook
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_target_special_symbol elf32_arm_is_target_special_symbol
-#define bfd_elf32_close_and_cleanup elf32_arm_close_and_cleanup
-#define bfd_elf32_bfd_free_cached_info elf32_arm_bfd_free_cached_info
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link elf32_arm_final_link
#define elf_backend_get_symbol_type elf32_arm_get_symbol_type
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf32_arm_finish_dynamic_symbol
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf32_arm_finish_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf32_arm_size_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf32_arm_always_size_sections
#define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf32_arm_post_process_headers
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_arm_reloc_type_class
#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr elf32_arm_section_from_shdr
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf32_arm_final_write_processing
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf32_arm_copy_indirect_symbol
-#define elf_backend_symbol_processing elf32_arm_symbol_processing
#define elf_backend_size_info elf32_arm_size_info
#define elf_backend_modify_segment_map elf32_arm_modify_segment_map
#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers elf32_arm_additional_program_headers
#define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms elf32_arm_output_arch_local_syms
#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing elf32_arm_begin_write_processing
-#define elf_backend_is_function_type elf32_arm_is_function_type
+#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf32_arm_add_symbol_hook
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
#undef elf_backend_obj_attrs_section_type
#define elf_backend_obj_attrs_section_type SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
#define elf_backend_obj_attrs_order elf32_arm_obj_attrs_order
+#define elf_backend_obj_attrs_handle_unknown elf32_arm_obj_attrs_handle_unknown
#include "elf32-target.h"
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf32_arm_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
-#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
-#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf32_arm_vxworks_final_write_processing
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
#include "elf32-target.h"
+/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
+ object file when linking. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
+{
+ flagword out_flags;
+ flagword in_flags;
+ bfd_boolean flags_compatible = TRUE;
+ asection *sec;
+
+ /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
+ if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! is_arm_elf (ibfd) || ! is_arm_elf (obfd))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (!elf32_arm_merge_eabi_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* The input BFD must have had its flags initialised. */
+ /* The following seems bogus to me -- The flags are initialized in
+ the assembler but I don't think an elf_flags_init field is
+ written into the object. */
+ /* BFD_ASSERT (elf_flags_init (ibfd)); */
+
+ in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
+ out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
+
+ /* In theory there is no reason why we couldn't handle this. However
+ in practice it isn't even close to working and there is no real
+ reason to want it. */
+ if (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) >= EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
+ && !(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC)
+ && (in_flags & EF_ARM_BE8))
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("error: %B is already in final BE8 format"),
+ ibfd);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
+ {
+ /* If the input is the default architecture and had the default
+ flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
+ architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
+ future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
+ uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
+ to the default values. */
+ if (bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)->the_default
+ && elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags == 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
+ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
+
+ if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
+ && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
+ return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine what should happen if the input ARM architecture
+ does not match the output ARM architecture. */
+ if (! bfd_arm_merge_machines (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Identical flags must be compatible. */
+ if (in_flags == out_flags)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If
+ not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it
+ cannot actually cause any incompatiblity. Do not short-circuit
+ dynamic objects; their section list may be emptied by
+ elf_link_add_object_symbols.
+
+ Also check to see if there are no code sections in the input.
+ In this case there is no need to check for code specific flags.
+ XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatability
+ in data sections ? */
+ if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
+ {
+ bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
+ bfd_boolean only_data_sections = TRUE;
+
+ for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ /* Ignore synthetic glue sections. */
+ if (strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7")
+ && strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7t"))
+ {
+ if ((bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, sec)
+ & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+ == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+ only_data_sections = FALSE;
+
+ null_input_bfd = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (null_input_bfd || only_data_sections)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Complain about various flag mismatches. */
+ if (!elf32_arm_versions_compatible (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags),
+ EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (out_flags)))
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: Source object %B has EABI version %d, but target %B has EABI version %d"),
+ ibfd, obfd,
+ (in_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
+ (out_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Not sure what needs to be checked for EABI versions >= 1. */
+ /* VxWorks libraries do not use these flags. */
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (obfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
+ && get_elf_backend_data (ibfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
+ && EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) == EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
+ {
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26))
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B is compiled for APCS-%d, whereas target %B uses APCS-%d"),
+ ibfd, obfd,
+ in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32,
+ out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32);
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B passes floats in float registers, whereas %B passes them in integer registers"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B passes floats in integer registers, whereas %B passes them in float registers"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses VFP instructions, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses FPA instructions, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses Maverick instructions, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B does not use Maverick instructions, whereas %B does"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+#ifdef EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT))
+ {
+ /* We can allow interworking between code that is VFP format
+ layout, and uses either soft float or integer regs for
+ passing floating point arguments and results. We already
+ know that the APCS_FLOAT flags match; similarly for VFP
+ flags. */
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != 0
+ || (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) == 0)
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses software FP, whereas %B uses hardware FP"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses hardware FP, whereas %B uses software FP"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Interworking mismatch is only a warning. */
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B supports interworking, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B does not support interworking, whereas %B does"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return flags_compatible;
+}
+
+
/* Symbian OS Targets. */
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_SEC_FLAGS \
(SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
-#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blobdiff